Motorola Ubr Commands

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide
Notice
Copyright 2002 Motorola, Inc. All rights reserved No part of this publication my be reproduced in any form or by any means or used to make and any derivative work (such as translation, transformation or adaptation) without written permission from Motorola, Inc. Motorola reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes in content from time to time without obligation on the part of Motorola to provide notification of such revision or change. Motorola provides this guide without warranty of any kind, either implied or expressed, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of mechantability and fitness for a particular purpose. Motorola may make improvements or changes in the product(s) described in this manual at any time. Motorola,the stylized M logo, and Intelligence Everywhere are registered tradmarks of Motorola, Inc. Broadband Services Router, BSR, BSR 64000, RiverDelta, SmartFlow are trademarks of RiverDelta Networks, Inc. All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
501898-001-00 TPD-0035-01 Rev A Published: October, 2002
Contents
Preface
Scope Audience Conventions iii iii iii v iv vi
Documentation Set
Notes, Cautions, Warnings Contacting Support
System Administration Commands

Introduction 1-1 System Administration Command Descriptions alias 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-8 1-9 1-11 1-10 1-12 1-14 1-15 1-16 1-19 banner motd boot system broadcast clear log clock set configure copy disable 1-2
clock timezone
console authentication radius
download runtime nvram: download slot enable 1-18 1-20 1-21
enable authentication radius enable password enable secret exit 1-22
forced-download help 1-24 1-25 1-26 history size hostname ip ftp password ip ftp username ip netmask-format ldap client 1-30 ldap server primary ldap search-base ldap server logging 1-33 1-34
1-23
1-27 1-28 1-29 1-31 1-32
logging buffered logging console logging facility logging on 1-39 logging rate-limit logging reporting logging session logging trap login logout more page password radius-server reload reset 1-53 1-54 1-46 1-47 1-48 1-49 1-50
1-35 1-37 1-38 1-40 1-41 1-43 1-44 1-45
logging reporting default
1-51
service password-encryption session-timeout show aliases show boot show srm alias 1-59 1-60 1-56 1-57
1-55
iv
Contents
show chassis alias show srm assetid show chassis assetid show srm serial-num
1-61 1-62 1-63 1-64 1-65 1-66
show chassis serial-num show chassis status show clock show history show log show process show process cpu show memory 1-68 1-69 1-70 1-71 1-73 1-74
show process msg-q-info show process semaphores show process stack show running-config show startup-config show users show version update slot username 1-80 1-81 1-82 1-83 1-84 1-77
1-75 1-76 1-78
1-79
username privilege username user-group
1-85 1-86
telnet authentication radius
IP Commands
Introduction 2-1 IP Command Descriptions arp 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 arp (global) arp timeout clear arp-cache clear counters 2-2
cable helper-address
clear host clear ip route clear ip traffic
2-9 2-10 2-11 2-12 2-13
host authorization on host authorization cpe interface ip address 2-14 2-16 2-17 ip access-group ip broadcast-address ip dhcp relay information ip directed-broadcast ip domain-list ip domain-lookup ip domain-name ip helper-address ip host ip irdp ip mtu 2-28 2-29 2-31 2-33 2-34 2-35 2-36 2-37 2-38 2-39 2-32 2-23
2-19 2-20 2-22 2-24 2-25 2-26 2-27
ip forward-protocol udp
ip mask-reply ip name-server ip proxy-arp ip rarp-server ip redirects ip route ip routing
ip unreachables passive-interface ping 2-41 show controllers
2-40 2-43 2-45 2-46 2-47
show host authorization show host authorization cpe show host unauthorized cpe show hosts 2-48
vi
Contents
show interfaces show ip arp show ip dhcp stats show ip interface show ip irdp show ip route show ip traffic show sntp show tcp brief show tcp statistics shutdown 2-63 sntp authenticate sntp broadcastdelay sntp broadcast client sntp disable sntp server traceroute sntp trusted-key 2-71 tunnel checksum tunnel destination tunnel key tunnel mode tunnel source 2-74
2-49 2-50 2-51 2-52 2-53 2-54 2-55 2-57
show ip protocols
2-58 2-59 2-60 2-64 2-65 2-66 2-67
sntp authentication-key
2-68 2-69 2-70 2-72 2-73
2-75 2-76
SNMP Commands
Introduction 3-1 SNMP Command Descriptions show snmp 3-3 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-8 show snmp access show snmp contact show snmp context 3-2
show snmp community
vii
show snmp engineID show snmp group show snmp host show snmp location show snmp packetsize show snmp port number show snmp sysname show snmp users show snmp view snmp-server access snmp-server chassis-id snmp-server community snmp-server contact snmp-server context snmp-server enable traps snmp-server engineID snmp-server group snmp-server host snmp-server location snmp-server packetsize snmp-server port number snmp-server shutdown snmp-server sysname snmp-server user snmp-server view 3-11
3-9 3-10 3-12 3-13 3-14 3-15 3-16 3-17 3-18 3-20 3-21 3-22 3-23 3-24 3-26 3-27 3-28 3-30 3-32 3-33 3-34 3-35 3-36 3-37 3-39 3-31
snmp-server enable informs
snmp-server trap rate-limit
Debug Commands
Introduction 4-1 Debug Command Descriptions debug arp 4-3 4-4 4-5 debug cable err 4-2
debug cable keyman
viii
Contents
debug cable mac debug cable map debug cable privacy debug cable qos debug cable range debug cable reg debug cable ucc debug ip bgp debug ip dvmrp debug ip icmp debug ip igmp debug ip mfm debug ip mrtm debug ip ospf debug ip packet debug ip policy debug ppp fsm debug ppp packet debug ip redistribute debug ip rip 4-29 debug ip rip database debug ip rip events debug ip rip trigger debug ip udp debug radius debug ip vrrp debug snmp debug sntp debug specmgr debug tunnel show debugging undebug all 4-42
4-6 4-7 4-8 4-9 4-10 4-11 4-12 4-13 4-14 4-16 4-17 4-18 4-19 4-20 4-21 4-23 4-24 4-25 4-26 4-27 4-30 4-31 4-32 4-33
debug cable modem-select
debug ip tcp transactions 4-34 4-35 4-36 4-37 4-38 4-39 4-40 4-41
ix
Access List Commands

Introduction 5-1 Access List Command Descriptions access-list (standard) access-list (extended) ip access-group ip access-list show access-lists show ip access-lists 5-10 5-11 5-12 5-13 5-3 5-4 5-2
Routing Policy Commands

Introduction 6-1 Routing Policy Command Descriptions default-information originate default-metric match ip address match ip next-hop match ip route-source match metric 6-10 6-11 6-12 match route-type external match route-type internal route-map set metric set metric-type show ip redistribute show route-map 6-13 6-15 6-16 6-17 6-19 6-5 6-6 6-7 6-8 6-9 ip policy route-map 6-3 6-2
RIP Commands
Introduction 7-1 RIP Command Descriptions auto-summary default-metric 7-3 7-4 7-5 7-2
default-information originate
Contents
distance
7-6 7-7 7-8 7-9 7-10 7-11 7-12
distribute-list in distribute-list out
ip rip authentication key iip rip receive version ip rip send version ip split-horizon network offset-list output-delay passive-interface redistribute router rip timers basic version 7-25 7-18 7-20 7-13 7-14 7-16 7-17
show ip rip database 7-22
7-21
OSPF Commands
Introduction 8-1 OSPF Command Descriptions area authentication area default-cost area nssa area range area stub 8-5 8-6 8-8 8-10 8-12 8-14 8-13 8-16 8-17 8-19 8-20 8-21 8-3 8-4 8-2
area virtual-link auto-virtual-link default-metric distance ospf distribute-list ip ospf cost
auto-cost reference-bandwidth default-information originate
ip ospf authentication-key
xi
ip ospf database-filter all out ip ospf dead-interval ip ospf hello-interval ip ospf priority 8-26 8-23 8-24
8-22
ip ospf message-digest-key ip ospf retransmit-interval ip ospf transmit-delay network area router ospf show ip ospf 8-29 8-30 8-31 8-32 rfc1583-compatible
8-25 8-27
8-28
show ip ospf border-routers show ip ospf database show ip ospf interface show ip ospf memory show ip ospf neighbor show ip ospf network show ip ospf virtual-links summary-address timers spf 8-42 8-41 8-34 8-36 8-37 8-38 8-39
8-33
8-40
IGMP Commands
Introduction 9-1 IGMP Command Descriptions clear ip igmp counters ip igmp access-group ip igmp query-interval ip igmp querier-timeout ip igmp static-group ip igmp version 9-9 9-10 9-11 9-12 ip igmp version1-querier show ip igmp interface show ip igmp groups 9-8 9-3 9-4 9-5 9-6 9-7 9-2
ip igmp query-max-response-time
xii
Contents
show ip igmp statistics
9-13
10
VRRP Commands
Introduction 10-1 VRRP Command Descriptions clear ip vrrp ip vrrp 10-4 10-5 10-7 10-8 10-6 10-3 10-2
ip vrrp (virtual router ID) ip vrrp address ip vrrp authentication key ip vrrp authentication type ip vrrp enable ip vrrp preempt ip vrrp priority ip vrrp primary-ip ip vrrp timer show ip vrrp 10-9 10-10 10-11 10-12 10-13
ip vrrp verify-availability 10-15
10-14
11
IP Multicast Commands
Introduction 11-1 MRTM Command Descriptions ip mroute 11-3 11-4 11-5 11-6 11-8 11-9 11-10 11-12 ip mroute static distance ip mroute unicast distance ip multicast-routing show ip rpf 11-7 11-2
MFM Command Descriptions clear ip multicast fwd-cache clear ip multicast proto-cache mtrace 11-11
show ip multicast cache-summary show ip multicast fwd-cache show ip multicast interface 11-14
11-13
xiii
show ip multicast oi-fwd-cache show ip multicast no-oi-fwd-cache show ip multicast proto-cache
11-15 11-16 11-17
12
DVMRP Commands
Introduction 12-1 DVMRP Command Descriptions ip dvmrp accept-filter ip dvmrp metric-offset ip dvmrp out-report-filter ip dvmrp probe-interval ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners ip dvmrp summary-address network router dvmrp 12-11 12-12 12-13 12-14 12-15 12-16 12-17 12-18 12-19 12-3 12-4 12-5 12-6 12-7 12-8 12-9 12-10 12-2
ip dvmrp default-information originate ip dvmrp output-report-delay
show ip dvmrp information show ip dvmrp interface show ip dvmrp neighbor show ip dvmrp network show ip dvmrp route
show ip dvmrp route hold-down show ip dvmrp summary-route show ip dvmrp tunnels 12-20
13
CMTS Commands
Introduction 13-1 CMTS Command Descriptions arp timeout band 13-4 13-5 13-6 13-7 cable bundle 13-3 13-2
cable bundle master cable downstream annex
xiv
Contents
cable downstream carrier-only cable downstream frequency cable downstream modulation cable downstream power-level cable downstream interleave-depth
13-9 13-10 13-11 13-13 13-14 13-15 13-16
cable downstream reserve-bandwidth cable downstream unreserve-bandwidth cable downstream shutdown cable flap-list aging 13-18 13-19 13-20 cable flap-list insertion-time cable flap-list miss-threshold cable flap-list size cable helper-address cable insert-interval cable spectrum-group clear cable flap-list cable sync-interval show bindings show cable flap-list show interface cable sid cable insert-interval cable modem deny cable modem qos dsa cable modem qos dsc cable modem qos dsd cable modem max-hosts cable modem-aging-timer cable modulation-profile cable privacy auth life-time cable privacy cm-auth life-time cable privacy cm-auth reset 13-22 13-23 13-24 13-25 13-26 13-27 13-28 13-29 13-31 13-32 13-33 13-34 13-36 13-17
cable flap-list power-adjust threshold
13-21
cable modem qos dsc service-flow 13-38 13-39 13-40 13-41
13-37
cable privacy cm-auth grace-time 13-44
13-43 13-45
13-46
xv
cable privacy cm-tek grace-time cable privacy cm-tek life-time cable privacy cm-tek reset cable privacy mcast access cable privacy mcast del cable privacy mcast new cable privacy tek life-time cable shared-secret cable sync-interval cable ucd-interval 13-55 13-56 13-57 13-49
13-47 13-48
13-50 13-51 13-52 13-53 13-54
cable privacy provision-cert-add
cable upstream channel-width cable upstream data-backoff cable upstream force-frag cable upstream frequency cable upstream map-interval cable upstream max-calls cable upstream minislot-size cable upstream physical-delay cable upstream power-level cable upstream pre-equalization cable upstream range-backoff cable upstream rate-limit cable upstream shutdown cable upstream channel-width clear cable flap-list clear counters cable collect interval 13-81 clear cable modem reset 13-84
13-58 13-59 13-60 13-61 13-63 13-64 13-65 13-66 13-67 13-68 13-70 13-72 13-74 13-75 13-76 13-77 13-78 13-80 13-79
cable upstream invited-range-interval
cable upstream modulation-profile
cable upstream power-level default
cable upstream range-power-override cable upstream spectrum-group
13-82 13-83
xvi
Contents
collect spectrum-data cable upstream collect resolution guard-band hop action band 13-88 13-89 13-90 13-91 13-92 13-93 13-94 13-96 13-97 13-86 dhcpLeaseQuery authorization on
13-85 13-87
hop action channel-width hop action frequency hop action power-level hop action roll-back hop period interface cable ping docsis 13-95 hop threshold flap hop action modulation-profile
ip dhcp relay information option 13-99 13-100 show host authorization show cable downstream show cable flap-list show cable modem show cable modem cpe show cable modem detail show cable modem hosts show cable modem mac show cable modem offline show cable modem phy show cable modem stats show cable modem summary show cable modem svc-flow-id show cable modem time-registered show cable modem registered show cable insert-interval
13-98
show cable device address-auth 13-102 13-103
13-101
13-104 13-107 13-109 13-110 13-111 13-113 13-115 13-117 13-118 13-124 13-126 13-128 13-129 13-121
13-105
show cable modem maintenance
show cable modem summary total
xvii
show cable modem unregistered show cable modulation-profile show cable privacy auth show cable privacy cm-auth show cable privacy cmts 13-137
13-132 13-135 13-138
13-139 13-140 13-142
show cable qos svc-flow classifier show cable qos svc-flow dynamic-stat show cable qos svc-flow log show cable qos svc-flow phs
13-143 13-144 13-145 13-146 13-147
show cable qos svc-flow statistics show cable qos svc-flow summary show cable qos svc-flow upstream-stat show cable spectrum-group show cable sync-interval show cable ucd-interval show cable privacy auth show cable privacy tek show cable upstream show interface cable
13-148 13-149 13-150 13-151 13-152
13-153 13-155 13-158 13-160 13-162
show interfaces cable downstream show interfaces cable upstream show stats cmts time band time delete 13-163 13-166
show interfaces cable upstream spectrum 13-165
14
QoS Commands
Introduction 14-1 QoS Command Descriptions qos-list queue ip qos-group qos bw default qos queue bw 14-3 14-5 14-6 14-7 14-8 14-2
show qos queue config
xviii
Contents
show qos-lists
14-9
15
POS Commands
Introduction 15-1 POS Command Descriptions crc 15-3 15-4 15-5 15-6 15-8 interface pos ip address 15-2
network-clock-select pos ais-shut pos flag pos framing pos report pos scramble pos signal mode pos threshold ppp mtu ppp timeout ppp magic-number 15-21 ppp negotiation-count 15-23 show controllers pos show interfaces pos show network-clocks show ppp info 15-30 15-9 15-10 15-12
network-clock-select revertive
pos internal-clock 15-14
15-13 15-16 15-17 15-18 15-20 15-22 15-24 15-26 15-29
16
BGP Commands
Introduction 16-1 BGP Command Descriptions aggregate-address auto-summary 16-3 16-5 16-6 16-7 16-2
bgp always-compare-med bgp client-to-client reflection
xix
bgp cluster-id
16-8 16-9 16-10 16-11 16-14 16-16 16-17
bgp confederation as-confed-sequence bgp confederation identifier bgp confederation peers bgp dampening clear ip bgp 16-12 16-15 bgp default local-preference clear ip bgp dampening clear ip bgp flap-statistics distance bgp 16-18 16-20 16-21 16-23 16-24 16-25 16-26 16-28 16-29 16-32 16-34 16-35 16-30 ip as-path access-list ip community-list match as-path match community
neighbor advertisement-interval neighbor default-originate neighbor description neighbor distribute-list neighbor ebgp-multihop neighbor filter-list neighbor next-hop-self neighbor password neighbor maximum-prefix 16-27
neighbor peer-group (assigning members) neighbor peer-group (creating) neighbor remote-as neighbor route-map 16-38 16-39 16-41 16-42 16-40 neighbor remove-private-as neighbor route-reflector-client neighbor send-community neighbor shutdown neighbor timers 16-43 16-37
16-36
neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound 16-45 neighbor update-source loopback
16-44 16-46
xx
Contents
neighbor weight network router bgp route-map set comm-list set community set local-preference set metric-type set origin set tag set weight show ip bgp 16-60 16-59 16-48 16-49 16-50
16-47
set as-path prepend
16-52 16-55 16-57 16-58
16-53
set ip next-hop
16-61 16-62 16-63 16-64 16-65 16-67 16-68 16-69 16-72 16-73 16-74 16-75 16-76 16-77 16-78
show ip bgp cidr-only show ip bgp community
show ip bgp community-list show ip bgp dampened-paths show ip bgp flap-statistics show ip bgp memory show ip bgp neighbors show ip bgp paths show ip bgp regexp show ip bgp summary show ip as-path-access-list show ip community-list show ip bgp peer-group 16-71
17
PIM Commands
Introduction 17-1 PIM Command Descriptions ip pim border 17-3 17-4 17-5 ip pim bsr-candidate 17-2
ip pim bsr-candidate ip-address
xxi
ip pim dr-priority ip pim query-interval ip pim rp-candidate
17-6 17-7 17-8 17-9 17-10 17-11 17-12 17-13 17-14 17-15 17-16 17-17
ip pim message-interval
ip pim rp-candidate group-list ip pim rp-candidate interval ip pim rp-candidate ip-address ip pim rp-candidate priority ip pim spt-threshold lasthop ip pim spt-threshold rp pim register-checksum pim unicast-route-lookup router pim 17-18
18
IS-IS Commands
Introduction 18-1 IS-IS Command Descriptions area-password distance ip router isis isis circuit-type isis csnp-interval isis hello-interval isis hello-multiplier isis metric isis password isis priority isis lsp-interval 18-13 18-14 18-15 18-17 18-18 18-19 18-5 18-6 18-8 18-10 18-11 18-12 18-7 18-9 18-3 18-4 default-information originate domain-password ip router isis passive 18-2
isis retransmit-interval is-type 18-20
isis retransmit-throttle-interval
xxii
Contents
net
18-21 18-23 18-24 18-25 18-26 18-28 18-30 18-32 18-34 18-36 18-39 18-41 18-44
redistribute router isis set-overload-bit
show clns es-neighbors show clns interface show clns is-neighbors show clns neighbors show clns protocol show clns traffic show isis database show isis spf-log summary-address
Index
xxiii
Preface
Scope
This document describes how to install and configure the Motorola Broadband Services Router 64000 (BSR 64000).
Audience
This document is for use by those persons who will install and configure the BSR 64000 product. Only trained service personnel should install, maintain, or replace the BSR 64000.
Documentation Set
The following documents comprise the BSR 64000 documentation set:
BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide This document contains the Command Line Interface (CLI) commands for managing, configuring, and maintaining the BSR 64000.
BSR 64000 Configuration and Management Guide This document provides the instructions and procedures for configuring and managing the BSR 64000.
BSR 64000 Installation Guide This document describes how to install the BSR 64000 product.
iii
BSR 64000 Release Notes These documents provide information about features not described or incorrectly documented in the main documentation set; known problems and anomalies; product limitations; and problem resolutions.
BSR 64000 SNMP MIB Reference Guide This document describes the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) MIBs; provides information that describes standard and proprietary MIB support; describes how to walk the MIBs and how to compile and load the SNMP MIBs. It also provides task examples.
BSR Troubleshooting Guide This document provides instructions and procedures for troubleshooting the BSR product.
BSR 64000 Quick Start Guide This document provides basic tasks used to get the BSR 64000 out of the box, running, connected to the network, and operational.
Conventions
This document uses the conventions in the following table: Convention
angle brackets < >
Example
ping <ip-address> ping 54.89.145.71
Explanation
Arguments in italic and enclosed by angle brackets must be replaced by the text the argument represents. In the example, 54.89.345.71 replaces <ip-address>. When entering the argument, do not type the angle brackets. Bar brackets enclose optional arguments. The example indicates you can use the disable command with or without specifying a level. Some commands accept more than one optional argument. When entering the argument, do not type the bar brackets.
bar brackets [ ]
disable [level]
iv
Preface
Convention
bold text brace brackets {}
Example
cable relay-agent-option page {on | off}
Explanation
Boldface text must be typed exactly as it appears. Brace brackets enclose required text. The example indicates you must enter either on or off after page. The system accepts the command with only one of the parameters. When entering the text, do not type the brace brackets. Italic type indicates variables for which you supply values in command syntax descriptions. It also indicates file names, directory names, document titles, or emphasized text. This font indicates system output. A vertical bar separates the choices when a parameter is required. The example indicates you can enter either command: page on or page off When entering the parameter, do not type the vertical bar or the brace brackets.
italic text
boot system <filename>
screen display
vertical bar |
Wed May 6 17:01:03 2000

page {on | off}
Notes, Cautions, Warnings

The following icons and associated text may appear in this document.
Note: A note contains tips, suggestions, and other helpful information, such as references to material not contained in the document, that can help you complete a task or understand the subject matter.
Caution: The exclamation point, within an equilateral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of important installation, servicing, and operating instructions in the documents accompanying the equipment.
Warning: This symbol indicates that dagerous voltages levels are present within the equipment. These voltages are not insulated and may be of sufficient strength to cause serious bodily injury when touched. The symbol may also appear on schematics.
Contacting Support
Use the following information to contact Support: U.S. 1-888-944-HELP 1-888-944-4357 International WWW Email +.215-323-0044 http://www.gi.com/BUSAREA/CUSACC/websupport.html cmtssupport@motorola.com
vi
1
Introduction
This chapter describes the following types of commands for the BSR 64000: User management commands which establish authentication and to protect the network from unauthorized users. Configuration file commands that handle the operating system and the system software for the BSR. The configuration file commands allow you to customize the operating system configuration at system startup, and to modify and store the configuration file for later use. System services commands that globally configure IP system services used with the BSR, such as protocols, NVRAM, IP parameters, the operating system, and the system clock Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) commands that are used with the BSR to access online directory services over the TCP/IP network protocol. The BSR becomes an LDAP client and connects to an LDAP server to requests services and/or information. Logger commands which provide a way to configure system event reporting intended for diagnostics. The information in the report contains actions such as system startup, status, and event classes.
1-1
System Administration Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the system adminstration commands supported by the BSR.
1-2
alias
The alias command allows you to specify an alias for a CLI command in a specific command mode (User EXEC, Privileged EXEC, or Global Configuration). The no alias command deletes a specific alias defined within the command mode.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage alias {exec | priv | conf} <WORD> <WORD> no alias {exec | priv | conf} <WORD> Command Syntax
exec priv conf WORD WORD User EXEC mode alias command Privileged EXEC mode alias command Global Configuration mode alias command name of alias the command that is aliased
1-3
banner motd
The banner motd command allows you to create a message-of the-day (motd) that displays upon successful login. The no banner motd command deletes the message of the day.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage banner motd <1-10> <WORD> no banner motd Command Syntax
1-10 WORD message line number text of the message.
1-4
boot system
The boot system command lets you boot the BSR using a boot image file stored in either flash memory, NVRAM on the Supervisory Routing Module (SRM), or an FTP or TFTP server.
Group Access
System Administrator
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage boot system {flash: | ftp: | nvram:| tftp}{<filename>} Command Syntax
flash: ftp: nvram: specifies flash memory as the location of the boot image file specifies a File Transport Protocol (FTP) server as the location of the boot image file specifies Non-volatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM) as the location of the boot image file specifies a Trivial File Transport Protocol (TFTP) server as the location of the boot image file filename of the boot image stored in flash, NVRAM, or an FTP or TFTP server
tftp:
filename
1-5
broadcast
The broadcast command is used to send a message to all connected users.
Group Access
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage broadcast <WORD> Command Syntax
WORD
The text message intended for broadcast.
1-6
clear log
The clear log command deletes buffered log data.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage clear log
1-7
clock set
The clock set command sets the system clock.
Group Access
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clock set <hh:mm:ss> {<1-31> <MONTH> | <MONTH> <1-31>} <1993-2035> Command Syntax
hh:mm:ss 1-31 MONTH 1993-2035 current time in 24-hour format numeric notation for the current day three letter abbreviated name of the current month numeric notation for the curent year
1-8
clock timezone
The clock timezone command allows you to set the time zone for the system. The no clock timezone command changes the system time to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC). Use the clock timezone command for display purposes and to manually set the time.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage clock timezone <WORD > <Hours_offset> [<Minute_offset>] no clock timezone Command Syntax
WORD Hours_offset Minute_offset time zone listed when standard time is in effect hours corrected from UTC, range -23 to 23 non-negative difference in minutes corrected from UTC, range 0 to 59
Command Default UTC
1-9
configure
The configure command lets you enter Global Configuration mode from Privileged EXEC mode.
Note: To return to Privileged EXEC mode, enter exit, end, or Control-Z at the Global Configuration Mode prompt.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage configure
1-10
console authentication radius

The console authentication radius command enables RADIUS authentication for user console logins. The no console authentication radius command disables this feature.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage console authentication radius [ local-password ] no console authentication radius [ local-password ] Command Syntax
local-password authenticate with a locally configured password if there is no response from the RADIUS server
1-11
copy
The copy command copies a local or network file from one location to another, either locally or on the network.
Group Access
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage copy {flash: | ftp: | nvram: | running-config | startup-config | system: | tftp:}<file> | {flash: | nvram: | running-config | startup-config | system:}<file> Command Syntax
ftp: nvram: running-config startup-config system: tftp: copy the configuration file from a File Transport Protocol (FTP) server copy the configuration file from NVRAM copy from a currently running system configuration copy from the startup configuration in NVRAM copy from the system copy the configuration file from a Trivial File Transport Protocol (TFTP) server copy the configuration file to a File Transport Protocol (FTP) server copy the configuration file to NVRAM
ftp: nvram:
1-12
running-config startup-config system: tftp:
copy to the currently running system configuration copy to the startup configuration in NVRAM copy to thesystem copy the configuration file to a Trivial File Transport Protocol (TFTP) server
1-13
disable
The disable command allows you to enter User EXEC mode from the Privileged EXEC mode.
Note: To return to Privileged EXEC mode, enter enable at the User EXEC prompt and, if required, a password.
Group Access
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage disable
1-14
download runtime nvram:

The download runtime nvram: command allows you to download software contained in an application image file or boot image file stored in Non-Volatile Randon Access Memory (NVRAM) to all modules installed in the BSR 64000. The specified software loads the next time the BSR 64000 is booted.
Group Access
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage download runtime nvram:<filename> Command Syntax
filename
name of the the operating image for download, such as the application image file or boot image file.
1-15
download slot
The download slot command allows you to specify an image stored in either Non-Volatile Random Access Memory (NRVAM) or flash memory and download it to a resource module installed in the specified chassis slot of the BSR 64000. The specified software loads the next time that the BSR 64000 is rebooted.
Group Access
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage download slot <NUM> {bm | cmts-fpga | elf | flash:<filesystem> | fp | nvram:<filesystem> | <cr>} Command Syntax
NUM slot number of the chassis slot holding the module that will receive the downloaded files or images downloads the buffer-manager FPGA file stored in the application image (the archive file) from NVRAM to the module installed in the specified slot. downloads the cmts-FPGA file stored in the application image (the archive file) from NVRAM to the module installed in the specified slot. downloads the executable file stored in the application image (the archive file) from NVRAM to the module installed in the specified slot.
bm
cmts-fpga
elf
1-16
fp
downloads the fast-path FPGA file stored in the application image (the archive file) from NVRAM to the module installed in the specified slot. downloads an application image or boot image to the to the module installed in the specified slot from flash memory downloads an application image or boot image to to the module installed in the specified slot from NVRAM name of the operating image intended for download downloads the buffer manager FPGA file, the CMTS-FPGA file, executable file, and fast-path FPGA file to the module installed in the specified slot
flash:
nvram:
filesystem <cr>
1-17
enable
The enable command allows you to enter Privileged EXEC mode from User EXEC mode. If the system prompts you for a password, enter the password. After entering Privileged EXEC mode, the prompt changes from the User EXEC mode prompt (hostname>) to the privileged EXEC mode prompt (hostname#).
Group Access
Command Mode User EXEC Command Line Usage enable
1-18
enable authentication radius

The enable authentication radius command enables RADIUS authentication for user logins. The no enable authentication radius command disables this feature.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage enable authentication radius [ local-password ] no enable authentication radius [ local-password ] Command Syntax
local-password authenticate with a locally configured password if there is no response from the RADIUS server
1-19
enable password
The enable password command allows you to specify a password associated with the enable command. After specifying the password, entering the enable command at the User EXEC prompt causes the system to prompt you for the password. You must supply the password to enter the Privileged EXEC mode. The no enable password command deletes the password.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage enable password {0 | 7 }<LINE> no enable password Command Syntax
0 7 LINE specifies an UNENCRYPTED password specifies a HIDDEN password the password (31 character maximum)
1-20
enable secret
The enable secret command allows you to provide an encrypted password that supercedes the enabled password. The no enable secret command removes the secret. Use the enable secret command to provide an encrypted password for entering Privileged EXEC mode in the running configuration file when then no service password-encryption command is in effect.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage enable secret [5] <WORD>] no enable secret Command Syntax
5 WORD specifies an ENCRYPTED secret the secret (31 character maximum)
1-21
exit
The exit command (used from the Router Configuration, Interface Configuration, and Global Configuration modes) accesses the previous command mode in the command mode hierarchy. For example: using the exit command in Interface Configuration mode accesses Global Configuration mode. Using the exit command in Privileged EXEC or User EXEC modes, ends the command line session.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes Command Line Usage exit
1-22
forced-download
The forced-download command ensures that boot images are properly downloaded to modules in the BSR 64000 chassis. Use the forced-download command to ensure that all modules receive the correct boot image before performing an upgrade process or to ensure that a specific module receives the correct boot image before performing an upgrade process.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage forced-download [<0-15>] no forced-download [<0-15>] Command Syntax
0-15
BSR 64000 slot number
1-23
help
The help command displays instructions for using the CLI help functionality. Refer to the BSR 64000 Configuration and Management Guide for additional instructions on using the CLI help functionality.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes Command Line Usage help
1-24
history size
The history size command lets you specify the size of the history buffer by number of lines. The no history command deletes the history buffer.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes Command Line Usage history size <1-256> no history Command Syntax
1-256 the number of lines in the history buffer
Command Default 10
1-25
hostname
The hostname command configures the name for the system host.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage hostname <WORD> Command Syntax
WORD the systems alphanumeric network hostname
1-26
ip ftp password
The ip ftp password command displays the password to use to connect to the network using FTP. The no ip ftp password command deletes the password for an FTP connection.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip ftp password 0 password ip ftp password 7 password ip ftp password password no ip ftp password Command Syntax
0 7 password password password specifies an unencrypted password will follow specifies a hidden password will follow the password (31 character maximum)
1-27
ip ftp username
The ip ftp username command configures the connection to the network for using FTP. The no ip ftp username command configures the router anonymously for FTP. Use the ip ftp username command that is related to an account on the server.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip ftp username <WORD> no ip ftp username <WORD> Command Syntax
WORD username (31 character maximum)
1-28
ip netmask-format
The ip netmask-format command lets you specify the format in which netmask values appear in show command output. The no ip netmask format command sets the output format back to the default.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip netmask-format {bitcount | decimal | hexadecimal} no ip netmask-format {bitcount | decimal | hexadecimal} Command Syntax
bitcount decimal hexadecimal displays netmask as number of significant bits displays netmask in dotted decimal displays the netmask in hexadecimal
Command Default bitcount
1-29
ldap client
The ldap client command enables the LDAP client. The no ldap client command disables the LDAP client.
Note: Configure a primary or secondary LDAP server addresses before enabling the the LDAP client.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ldap client no ldap client
1-30
ldap server primary

The ldap server primary command establishes the IP address and port number of the primary LDAP server for client connections. The no ldap server primary command clears the IP address and port number of the LDAP server.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ldap server primary <A.B.C.D> port <1-1024> no ldap server primary <A.B.C.D> port <1-1024> Command Syntax
A.B.C.D port 1-1024 the primary LDAP servers IP address sets the TCP port assignment for the primary LDAP server
1-31
ldap search-base
The ldap search-base command specifies the base distinguished name of the starting point for a search of the LDAP database. The no ldap search-base ends the search of the LDAP database.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ldap search-base WORD Command Syntax
WORD Distinguished name of entry to where the search will start
1-32
ldap server
The ldap server command configures LDAP server parameters.The no ldap server command clears the LDAP server parameters.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ldap server [binddn <WORD>] [nobinddn] [nopassword] [password <WORD>] no ldap server [binddn <WORD>] [nobinddn] [nopassword] [password <WORD>] Command Syntax
binddn WORD nobinddn nopassword password WORD distinguished name distinguished name not required to bind to this server password not required password
1-33
logging
The logging command specifies the IP address of a remote syslog server. The no logging command clears the IP address specification of a remote syslog server.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging A.B.C.D no logging A.B.C.D Command Syntax
A.B.C.D. syslog server IP address
1-34
logging buffered
The logging buffered command sets the size of the logging buffer and the severity level. The no logging buffered command returns to the default buffer size (256 KB).
Note: Use the show log command, in User EXEC mode, to display logged messages with the newest message displayed first. Use the default logging buffered command to return to the default setting.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging buffered <4096 -16777216> {alerts | critical | debugging | emergencies | errors | informational | notifications | warnings}
no logging buffered <4096 -16777216> {alerts | critical | debugging | emergencies | errors | informational | notifications | warnings}
Command Syntax
4096 -16777216 alerts critical debugging emergencies errors informational logging buffer size in bytes (severity=1) immediate actions needed (severity=2) critical condition (severity=7) debugging messages (severity=0) system is unusable (severity=3) error conditions (severity=6) informational messages
1-35
notifications warnings
(severity=5) normal but significant conditions (severity=4) warning conditions
Command Default notifications, log file is 256 Kbytes
1-36
logging console
The logging console command enables the sending of system logging messages to the console. Additionally, the logging of messages displayed on the console terminal can be limited to a specified severity level. Use the no logging on command to disable system logging.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging console [alerts | critical | debugging | emergencies | errors | informational | notifications | warnings] Command Syntax
alerts critical debugging emergencies errors informational notifications warnings (severity=1) immediate actions needed (severity=2) critical condition (severity=7) debugging messages (severity=0) system is unusable (severity=3) error conditions (severity=6) informational messages (severity=5) normal but significant conditions (severity=4) warning conditions
Command Default notifications
1-37
logging facility
The logging facility command specifies the syslog facility to which error messages are sent. The no logging facility command reverts to the default of local7.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging facility {local 0 | local 1 | local 2 | local 3 | local 4 | local 5 | local 6 | local 7} no logging facility Command Syntax
local 0-7 local facility 0 through 7
Command Default local 7
1-38
logging on
The logging on command starts and stops the syslog, and sends debug and error messages to a logging process. The no logging on command stops sending debug or error messages to a logging process. Use the logging on command to send debug or error messages to a logging process for the syslog to generate the message to the designated locations.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging on A.B.C.D. no logging on A.B.C.D. Command Syntax
A.B.C.D. IP address of the host used,
Command Default no syslog message
1-39
logging rate-limit
The logging rate-limit command limits the rate of system messages and SNMP traps logged per second. The no logging rate-limit command disables the rate limit.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging rate-limit <0-2147483647> [auto-restart] no logging rate-limit Command Syntax
0-2147483647 auto-restart the rate of messages logged per second automatically restart the specified rate-limit
1-40
logging reporting
The logging reporting command sets the recording mechanism for CMTS messages.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging reporting {alert | critical | debug | emergency | error | information | notice | warning} {all-clear | all-set | local | local-localvol | local-syslog | local-syslog-localvol | local-trap | local-trap-localvol | local-trap-syslog | localvol | syslog-localvol | trap-localvol | trap-syslog-localvol}
no logging reporting {alert | critical | debug | emergency | error | information | notice | warning} {all-clear | all-set | local | local-localvol | local-syslog | local-syslog-localvol | local-trap | local-trap-localvol | local-trap-syslog | localvol | syslog-localvol | trap-localvol | trap-syslog-localvol} The available logging report options are listed below:
alert critical debug emergency error information notice warnings Logs conditions where immediate action is needed (severity level 1). Logs critical conditions (severity level 2). Logs debugging messages (severity level 7). Logs emergency conditions where the system is unusable (severity level 0). Logs error conditions (severity level 3). Logs informational descriptive system information (severity level 6). Logs normal but significant conditions (severity level 5). Logs warning conditions (severity level 4).
1-41
The location where report messages are logged are listed below:
all-clear all-set local local-localvol local-syslog local-syslog-localvol local-trap local-trap-localvol local-trap-syslog localvol syslog-localvol trap-localvol trap-syslog-localvol Unsets all logging locations for the report. Sets all logging locations for the report. Log messages for the report go to local-nonvolatile memory (NVRAM). Log messages for the report go to local NVRAM and local-volatile or "dynamic" memory (DRAM). Log messages for the report go to local NVRAM and the syslog server. Log messages for the report go to local NVRAM and local DRAM and the syslog server. Log messages for the report go to local NVRAM. SNMP traps are also sent to an SNMP manager. Log messages for the report go to local NVRAM and DRAM memory. SNMP traps are also sent to an SNMP manager. Log messages for the report go to local DRAM and a syslog server. SNMP traps are also sent to an SNMP manager. Log messages for the report go to local DRAM. Log messages for the report go to the syslog server and local DRAM. Log messages for the report go to local DRAM. SNMP traps are also sent to an SNMP manager. Log messages for the report go to the syslog server and local DRAM. SNMP traps are also sent to an SNMP manager.
1-42
logging reporting default

The logging reporting default command is used to return to the default CMTS log reporting configuration.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Privileged EXEC and Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging reporting default
1-43
logging session
The logging session command enables the transmission of system logging messages to the current login session. The no logging session command disables the transmission of system logging messages to the current login session.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage logging session no logging session
1-44
logging trap
The logging trap command filters messages logged to the syslog servers based on severity. The command restricts the logging of error messages sent to the syslog servers to only those messages that correspond to a specified severity level. The no logging trap command disables the logging of these messages to the syslog servers.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage logging trap {alerts | critical | debugging | emergencies | errors | informational | notifications | warnings}
no logging trap {alerts | critical | debugging | emergencies | errors | informational | notifications | warnings}
Command Syntax
alerts critical debugging emergencies errors informational notifications warnings (severity=1) immediate actions needed (severity=2) critical condition (severity=7) debugging messages (severity=0) system is unusable (severity=3) error conditions (severity=6) informational messages (severity=5) normal but significant conditions (severity=4) warning conditions
Command Default notifications level (severity=5)
1-45
login
The login command logs a user on to the system.
Group Access
All
Command Mode User EXEC Command Line Usage login [<WORD>] Command Syntax
WORD 1 to 16 character username
1-46
logout
The logout command logs a user out of the system. Use the logout command to end the current session. The logout command is used the same way as the exit command. In Privileged EXEC mode, use the logout command with a character argument to log a particular user out of the system. Only users with administrative privileges can log other users out.
Group Access
All
Command Mode User EXEC and Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage logout [<session-id> | <username>] (Privileged EXEC mode only) Command Syntax
session-id username
the session ID number of the user to log out the name of the user to log out
1-47
more
The more command displays the contents of a specified file. Use the more nvram:startup-config command to view the startup configuration file in NVRAM. The config_file environmental table will be displayed if the startup configuration file is not displayed. The user can determine the status of the file which is either a complete or a distilled version of the configuration file. Use the more system:running-config command to view the running configuration file. The more system:running-config command displays the version of the software and any changes that were previously made.
Note: Use the more command to view files on remote systems.
Group Access
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage more {flash: <filename> | ftp: <filename> | nvram: <filename> | nvram:startup-config | startup-config | system:startup-config } Command Syntax
filename file name
1-48
page
The page command controls the scrolling of system output displays.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes Command Line Usage page {off | on} Command Syntax
off on scrolling continues until the end of the display without stopping controlled scrolling through the use of the Enter/Return key and spacebar
Command Default on
1-49
password
The password command establishes a password that must be specified by users attempting to establish a console or telnet session with the BSR. A console or telnet session will not be established if the correct password is not specified by the user. The no password command removes the password.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage password {console | telnet}[0 | 7]<WORD> no password {console | telnet} Command Syntax
console telnet 0 7 WORD password for console connections password for telnet connections specifies an UNENCRYPTED password specifies a HIDDEN password the password (31 character maximum)
1-50
radius-server
The radius-server command configures a RADIUS client to allow communication with a RADIUS server. Configuring a RADIUS client involves the following tasks:
specifying the RADIUS server defining the shared encryption key for authentication between the RADIUS server and the RADIUS client specifying the number of retry attempts if there is no response from an active RADIUS server specifying the time interval between retry attempts if there is no response from from an active RADIUS server
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage radius-server host {<A.B.C.D>|<Hostname>} [auth-port <0-65535> [primary]] radius-server key <WORD> radius-server retransmit <0-100> radius-server timeout <1-1000>
no radius-server host {<A.B.C.D>|<Hostname>} [auth-port <0-65535> [primary]] no radius-server key <WORD> no radius-server retransmit <0-100> no radius-server timeout <1-1000>
Command Syntax
host A.B.C.D Hostname specifies a RADIUS server the IP address of the RADIUS server the hostname of the RADIUS server
1-51
auth-port 0-65535 primary key WORD
specify a UDP port number for RADIUS authentication - default port number is 1812 select this server as the primary RADIUS server text of the encryption key shared between the RADIUS client and the RADIUS servers Motorola recommends a 22 character minimum specify the number of retry attempts if there is no response from an active RADIUS server default is 3 retries specify the time interval in seconds between retry attempts if there is no response from from an active RADIUS server - default is 5 seconds
retransmit 0-100
timeout 1-1000
1-52
reload
The reload command reloads the operating system. The reload command is most often used to reload upgraded software.
Group Access
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage reload [LINE <LINE> | at <hh:mm:> <LINE> <MONTH> | cancel | fast | in <countdown> <LINE>] Command Syntax
LINE LINE at hh:mm MONTH cancel fast in countdown reason to reload text of the reason to reload reloads at a specific time specific hour and minute to reload name of the month cancels a pending reload reloads the system immediately reloads after a time interval time interval in minutes
1-53
reset
The reset command resets all slots or a specific slot in the BSR 64000 chassis.
Group Access
Command Mode Priviledged EXEC Command Line Usage reset {all | <0-6, 9-15>} Command Syntax
all 0-6, 9-15 reset all slots in the BSR 64000 chassis reset a specific slot
1-54
service password-encryption
The service password-encryption command enables password encryption. The no service password-encryption disables password encryption. The service password-encryption command will encrypt previously specified passwords in the running-config file that are currently unencrypted.
Note: Once passwords appearing in the running configuration file are encrypted, they cannot be unencrypted using the no service password-encryption command.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage service password-encryption no service password-encryption Command Default No encryption
1-55
session-timeout
The session-timeout command lets you specify the length of time (in minutes) before the BSR terminates any inactive session. An inactive session is a session has received no user input or system output during the specified time interval.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage session-timeout {console | telnet} <0-30> Command Syntax
console telnet
0-30
specifies console sessions specifies telnet sessions length of time in minutes before the session is terminated automatically by the BSR
Command Default 5 minutes for telnet sessions 0 for console session (session maintained indefinately)
1-56
show aliases
The show aliases command displays any one of the following:

Group Access
All
Aliases for commands in all modes Aliases for commands in a specific mode. Aliases for all commands that begin with, include, or exclude a specified string. Aliases for a specific mode that begin with, include, or exclude a specified string.
Command Mode All except User EXEC Command Line Usage

show alias [conf | exec | priv] [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
conf exec priv | begin exclude specifies aliases for Global Configuration mode specifies aliases for User EXEC mode specifies aliases for Privileged EXEC mode turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string
1-57
include WORD
filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
1-58
show boot
The show boot command lists the boot parameters. Use the show boot command to display the contents of the BOOT environment variables and the configuration register setting.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show boot [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
| begin exclude include WORD
turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
1-59
show srm alias

The show srm alias command is used to show the alias name for the SRM module.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All except User EXEC Command Line Usage show srm alias
1-60
show chassis alias

The show chassis alias command to show the alias name for the BSR 64000 chassis.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes Command Line Usage show chassis alias
1-61
show srm assetid

The show srm assetid command is used to view the asset ID number assigned to the SRM.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All except User EXEC Command Line Usage show srm assetid
1-62
show chassis assetid

The show chassis assetid command is used to view the asset ID number assigned to your BSR 64000.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes Command Line Usage show chassis assetid
1-63
show srm serial-num

The show srm serial-num command is used to view the serial number assigned to your SRM.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All except User EXEC Command Line Usage show srm serial-num
1-64
show chassis serial-num

The show chassis serial-num command is used to view the serial number assigned to your BSR 64000.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes Command Line Usage show chassis serial-num
1-65
show chassis status

The show chassis status command is used to learn the operational status of the individual modules and upper and lower fan trays on the BSR 64000. This command also alows you to determinine where modules are populated on the BSR 64000. The table below describes the displayed fields.
Field
Slot Type
Description
Module slot number from 0 to 15 The type of modle inserted into the BSR 64000. HSIM indicates either the POS or Gigabit Ethernet Network Interface modules (NIMs). CMTS indicates the DOCSIS module. SRM indicates the Supervisory Routing Module. Indicates the current operational state of the module. RUN indicates that the module is fully operational. Flash indicates that the module is updating its FLASH memory. boot indicates that the module is currently in a boot state. Resource module. An x indicates that this module is operational. A - (dash) indicates that this module is not currently operational. Physical module (IO module). An x indicates that this module is operational. A - (dash) indicates that this module is not currently operational. If the system clock has been set using the clock set command, the UpTime field displays the amount of time that the module has been operational. The time is expressed in hh:mm:ss format.
State
RM PM UpTime
LastUpTime If the module is down, the last operational time for the module displays. Success Failure Alarms Status Disabled Priority The module booted successfully. The module failed the boot process. Indicates that alarms are configured for the top and bottom fan trays. An x appears in the status field if a fan tray becomes disabled. The disabled column displays no output information at this time. Both fan trays have a critical priority assigned to them.
1-66
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage show chassis status
1-67
show clock
The show clock command shows the system clock.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes Command Line Usage show clock [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
| begin exclude include WORD turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
1-68
show history
The show history command displays a list of commands executed during a session. The list size is determined by the setting of the history size command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes Command Line Usage show history [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
1-69
show log
The show log command displays message logging in the log file the newest message first.The show log command displays log file contents and information about users who have logged into the BSR.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC mode Command Line Usage show log [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
1-70
show memory
The show memory command displays the memory content of the starting address. Use the show memory command to view information about memory available after the system image decompresses and loads.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show memory [<address> <1-4294967295> | byte | end <address> | long | short ] [ fastpath [brief] ] [ information [brief] [slot <NUM>] ] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
address 1-4294967295 byte end long short fastpath brief the starting memory address expressed in hexadecimal notation the number of bytes to dump display in byte format the ending memory address expressed in hexadecimal notation display in long format display in short format the number of bytes used to program the HSIM FastPath display only the summary
1-71
information slot
displays free memory statistics and a summary of memory usage displays free memory statistics and a summary of memory usage for a specified slot in the BSR chassis
the BSR slot number turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
NUM | begin exclude include WORD
Command Default 32 bit
show process
The show process command displays information about software processes that are running on the router.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show process [cpu | memory | msg-q-info | semaphores | stack] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
cpu memory msg-q-info semaphores stack | begin exclude include WORD cpu utilization by each process memory information per process information about current message queues display state of semaphore(s) process stack usage and interrupt routines, including the reason for the last system reboot turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
1-73
show process cpu

The show process cpu command displays detailed CPU usage statistics.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show process cpu [restart | slot <NUM> | stop] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
restart slot NUM restart the utilization measurement process displays detailed CPU usage statistics for chassis modules the slot number of the chassis module Note: If a slot number is not specfied, the CPU usage information provided is for the Supervisory Routing Module (SRM). stop | begin exclude include WORD stops the utilization measurement process turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
1-74
show process msg-q-info

The show process msg-q-info command displays information about current message queues.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes except User EXEC
Command Line Usage show process msg-q-info [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
1-75
show process semaphores

The show process semaphores command creates a message when an attempt to unlock a semaphore when it is already unlocked.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage
show process semaphores [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]

Command Syntax
1-76
show process stack

The show process stack command monitors the stack utilization of processes and interrupt routines.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show process stack [ procID | procName ] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
procID procName | begin exclude include WORD
process identifier in decimal or hexidecimal format (0x is required) the name of the process turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
1-77
show running-config
The show running-config command displays configuration information currently running on the BSR.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show running-config [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
1-78
show startup-config
The show startup-config command displays the contents of the system startup configuration file.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show startup-config [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
1-79
show users
The show users command displays information about active Telnet sessions including the username, user group and privilege level, the IP address of the originating host, and the session ID.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Privileged EXEC and Global Configuration Command Line Usage show users [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
1-80
show version
The show version command displays the configuration of the system hardware, the software version, the names and sources of configuration files, and the boot images.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show version [slot <0-15>] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
slot 0-15 | begin exclude include WORD slot in the BSR 64000 chassis slot number from which version information is to be displayed turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
1-81
update slot
The update slot command updates the BSR 64000 I/O module bootrom from the BSR 64000 Supervisory Routing Module (SRM).
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage update slot <NUM> {flash: | nvram:} Command Syntax
NUM flash: nvram: slot number of the BSR 64000 I/O module update from Flash update from NVRAM
1-82
username
The username command establishes a login authentication system based on a
username.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage username <WORD> password [ 0 | 7 ]<WORD> username <WORD> nopassword Command Syntax
WORD nopassword password 0 7 WORD
the username, up to 16 characters no password is required for the user to log in specify a password for the user specifies an UNENCRYPTED password specifies a HIDDEN password will follow the UNENCRYPTED (cleartext) user password, 31 character maximum
1-83
username privilege
The username privilege command sets a privilege level for a user.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage username <WORD> privilege {ro | rw} Command Syntax
WORD privilege ro rw the username, up to 16 characters the user privilege level read-only privilege read and write privilege
1-84
username user-group
The username user-group command assigns a user to a user group. The no username user-group command removes a user from a user group.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage username <WORD> user-group {isp <1-1> | mso | sysadmin} no username <WORD> user-group {isp <1-1> | mso | sysadmin} Command Syntax
WORD user-group isp the username, up to 16 characters assigns the user group name provides this user access to most CLI commands including routing commands but excluding cable commands the number of the virtual ISP provides this user access to most CLI commands including cable commands but excluding routing commands provides this user access to all CLI commands
1-1 mso
sysadmin
1-85
telnet authentication radius

The telnet authentication radius command enables RADIUS authentication for telnet access. The no telnet authentication radius command disables this feature.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage telnet authentication radius [ fail-message | local-password ] no telnet authentication radius [ fail-message | local-password ] Command Syntax
fail-message local-password specify message to display for a failed login/ authentication authenticate with a locally configured password if there is no response from the RADIUS server
1-86
2
IP Commands
IP Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the following types of commands for the BSR 1000: Interface commands not associated with a specific protocol can be used to configure interface features with any device on the network. Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) commands handle network communications between network nodes. This includes network addressing information, control information that enables packets to be routed, and reliable transmission of data. Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) commands dynamically maps IP addresses to physical hardware addresses. An ARP cache is used to maintain a correlation between each MAC address and its corresponding IP address. Domain Name System (DNS) commands are used to map hostnames to IP addresses, and to control Internet routing information. Lists of domain names and IP addresses are distributed throughout the Internet with DNS servers. Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) commands are used to synchronize computer clocks in the global internet. SNTP operates in unicast, broadcast, and IP multicast modes. Tunneling commands provide a way to encapsulate packets inside of a
transport protocol. The following encapsulation modes for the tunnel interface are supported by the BSR:
Generic Router Encapsulation (GRE) IP in IP Encapsulation Distance Vector Management Routing Protocol (DVMRP)
2-1
IP Command Descriptions
This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the IP commands supported by the BSR.
2-2
IP Commands
arp
The Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is used on the cable interface to build a correlation between the cable network and the connected cable modems (CMs) and customer premisis equipment (CPE) by translating the CM and CPEs MAC address to a logical IP address. The collected information is dynamically stored in a table called the ARP cache. The arp command is used to specify the type of ARP packet that is used on a BSR 64000 cable interface, as shown below: arp [arpa | snap] no arp [arpa | snap]
Command Syntax
arpa snap standard Ethernet-style ARP, RFC 826 IEEE 802.3 usage of ARP packets conforming to RFC 1042
Command Default arpa (ethernet ARP) Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Use The different ARP commands are not mutually exclusive. Each one sends an ARP request in that format.
2-3
arp (global)
The arp (global) command adds a permanent entry in the ARP cache. The no arp command removes the entry in the ARP cache. Note: Proxy ARP is not enabled by default. ARP cache entries translate 32-bit addresses into 48-bit hardware addresses. If the host supports dynamic resolution, static entries are usually not needed. Use the clear arp-cache command to remove all dynamically learned entries.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage arp <ip-address> <hardware-address> <type> [alias] no arp <ip-address> <hardware-address> <type> [alias] Command Syntax
ip-address hardware-address type alias four-part dotted-decimal format matching the local data link 48-bit local data link address encapsulation description, usually arpa or snap responds to ARP as if it owns the specified address, if proxy arp is enabled
Command Default no entries in table
2-4
IP Commands
arp timeout
The ARP timeout feature is used to prevent unnecessary flooding of traffic over the cable network. ARP resolution requests are terminated after a defined interval when attempts to resolve addressing information, for a device entry in the ARP cache table. The ARP cache table expiration value is disabled by default. The arp timeout command configures the amount of time an entry stays in the ARP cache. The no arp timeout command restores the default ARP timeout condition. The show interfaces command displays the current ARP timeout value. arp timeout <minutes> no arp timeout <minutes>
Note: When the arp timeout value is changed, the change affects all the existing entries in addition to the entries subsequently created.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage arp timeout <minutes> no arp timeout <minutes> Command Syntax
minutes The expiration value in minutes for the amount of time an entry is allowed to stay in the ARP cache; valid values are 1 to 6000.
Command Default 60 minutes

2-5
The cable helper address function disassembles a DHCP broadcast packet, and reassembles it into a unicast packet so that the packet can traverse the router and communicate with the DHCP server. The cable helper-address command allows the operator to configure the IP address of the DHCP server that UDP DHCP broadcast packets be forwarded to, as Unicast packets. The operator can configure different DHCP server IP addresses for cable modems, hosts and MTAs. In each of the three cases, multiple DHCP server IP addresses can be configured. The ip dhcp relay information option command must be configured in order for the BSR 64k000 to determine the source of the broadcast requests.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration (for cable interface only) Command Line Usage cable helper-address <A.B.C.D> {cable-modem | host | mta} Command Syntax
A.B.C.D cable-modem IP destination address. Typically, the IP address of the DHCP server. identifies this IP address as the DHCP server IP address to forward CM UDP DHCP broadcast packets to identifies this IP address as the DHCP server IP address to forward host UDP DHCP broadcast packets to identifies this IP address as the DHCP server IP address to forward MTA UDP DHCP broadcast packets to
host
mta
2-6
IP Commands
clear arp-cache
The clear arp-cache command clears dynamic entries from ARP cache.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear arp-cache
2-7
clear counters
The clear counters command is used to clear a specific counter or all interface counters. clear counters [ethernet <slot>/<interface> cable <slot>/<interface> | loopback <loop number> | pos <slot>/<interface> | gigaether <slot>/<interface> | tunnel <tunnel number> | <cr>]
Command Syntax
cable ethernet loopback loop number tunnel tunnel number pos gigaether interface slot cr Clears the cable interface counters. Clears the Ethernet interface counters. Clears the loopback interface counters. Loopback interface number from 1 to 16. Clears the tunnel interface counters. Tunnel interface number from 0 to 255. Clears the Packet over SONET (POS) interface counters. Clears the Gigabit Ethernet interface counters. Identifies the port number. Identifies the module slot number. A command return clears all interface counters.
Command Mode Privileged EXEC
2-8
IP Commands
clear host
The clear host command deletes DNS host entries from the host-name-and-address cache.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear host {<hostname> | *} Command Syntax
hostname * Deletes a specific DNS host entry. Deletes all DNS host entries.
2-9
clear ip route
The clear ip route command deletes route table entries.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear ip route [* | <ip-address> <net-mask>] Command Syntax
* ip-address net-mask Deletes all routes. Destination network IP address. Destination network subnet mask.
2-10
IP Commands
clear ip traffic
The clear ip traffic command resets the IP traffic statistic counters to zero.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear ip traffic
2-11
host authorization on
The host authorization feature is used for security purposes on the cable network. When enabled, host authorization denies access to any hacker who tries to take or spoof an IP address from any legitimate user on the same cable network. A hacker takes the IP address from this user to steal their data service. The hacker accomplishes this by changing the IP address on their PC to the IP address that the DHCP server assigned to a legitimate users CPE. The host authorization on command is used to enforce the bind of the CM and CPE MAC addresses to the IP address assigned to them (statically or through DHCP). host authorization on The no host authorization on command disables host authorization on the cable interface. no host authorization on
Command Mode Interface Configuration mode. Used exclusively on the cable interface. Command Default Disabled.
2-12
IP Commands
host authorization cpe

Cable operators can create static entries to deny hackers from stealing service from users. Through static entries, cable operators can manually bind the CPE MAC (hardware) and IP address to a particular cable modem. This command may be used in circumstances when DHCP is not used to assign the CPE IP addresses. Follow these steps to configure and verify a static host authorization: Enter Privileged EXEC mode. The host authorization cpe command creates a static entry for a specific CM and CPE. host authorization <cm-mac> cpe <cpe-mac> <cpe-ip> The no host authorization cpe on command deletes a host authorization entry. no host authorization <cm-mac> cpe <cpe-mac> <cpe-ip>
Command Syntax
cm-mac cpe-mac cpe-ip
The MAC address of the cable modem. The MAC address of the customer premises equipment (CPE). The IP address of the CPE.
2-13
interface
The interface command specifies an interface for further configuration. Once the interface is selected you enter Interface configuration mode.\ interface {cable <slot>/<interface> | ethernet <slot>/<interface> | gigaether <slot>/<interface> | loopback <0-16> | pos <slot>/<interface> | tunnel <0-255>}
Command Syntax
cable
CMTS that provides 1 downstream channel and 4 upstream channels. Commonly referred to as the cable interface. On the SRM module, Ethernet interface 0 is a 10 Mbps management interface that does not support the negotiation feature and is associated with its corresponding port on the SRM I/O module. Ethernet interface 1 and 2 are typically used to support an external T1/E1 BITS clock and are associated with their corresponding ports on the SRM I/O module. On the 8-port Ethernet module, there are 8 10/ 100 Mbps Ethernet ports.
ethernet
gigaether loopback
Provides one 1000 Mbps optical Ethernet interface. Loopback interfaces are used to act as inbound logical interfaces when physical interfaces go down. Up to 16 loopback interfaces can be configured on the BSR. Provides two high speed OC3/OC12 SONET interfaces.
pos
2-14
IP Commands
tunnel
A tunnel interface is a logical interface used to make point-to-point links between two devices. Up to 255 tunnel interfaces can be configured. Chassis slot number for the desired module. Interface number on the module.
slot interface
Command Mode Global Configuration
2-15
ip access-group
The ip access-group command configures an interface to use an access list. The no ip access-group command does not allow incoming or outgoing packets.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Mode ip access-group {<num:1-199> <num:1300-2699> {in | out} no ip access-group {<num:1-199> <num:1300-2699> {in | out} Command Syntax
num:1-199 num:1300-2699 in out Standard number range from 1 to 199. Extended number range from 1300 to 2699. Incoming packet is processed only if the source-address is in the access-list. Same as in, outgoing packet is processed only if access-list permits the packet.
Command Default No access groups defined.
2-16
IP Commands
ip address
The ip address command configures a primary or secondary IP address for an interface or defines the Gateway IP address (giaddr) for Customer Premises Equipment (CPE), Multimedia Telephone Adapter (MTA), or cable modem DHCP requests. The no ip address command is used to remove an IP address from the interface. When configuring the cable interface ip address two additional options are supported; the host and mta options. The additional options are only available from cable interface configuration mode when selecting an IP address. During the DHCP process, the relay agent requests an IP address in a particular subnet by inserting the IP address of the interface into the DHCP requests from CMs, hosts, and MTAs. The primary address is always inserted in cable modem DHCP requests. If a secondary address or a secondary host address is defined, then the first secondary or secondary host IP address in the list is inserted into DHCP requests from hosts. If one or multiple secondary mta IP address are defined, then the first secondary mta IP address defined is inserted into DHCP requests from secondary MTA devices. The ip dhcp relay information option command must be enabled to allow the BSR 64000 to determine what type of device originated the DHCP request. By default, the primary address will be inserted into DHCP requests.
Note: The BSR supports up to a 30-bit subnetwork IP address mask.
Group Access
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [ host | mta | secondary ] no ip address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [ host | mta | secondary ] Command Syntax
2-17
A.B.C.D A.B.C.D host
the IP address the subnetwork mask for the IP address defines the IP address for the cable interface as the giaddr for host DHCP requests - on the cable interface, defines this IP address as the IP address to be inserted into host DHCP requests (this option is only available on the cable interface) defines the IP address for the cable interface as the giaddr for all MTA DHCP requests - on the cable interface, defines this IP address as the IP address to be inserted into mta DHCP requests (this option is only available on the cable interface) designates the specified IP address as a secondary IP address - on the cable interface, defines this IP address as the IP address to be inserted into host DHCP requests
mta
secondary
2-18
IP Commands
ip broadcast-address
The ip broadcast-address command creates a broadcast address for an interface. The no ip broadcast-address command deletes the broadcast address for an interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip broadcast-address <ip-address> no ip broadcast-address <ip-address> Command Syntax
ip-address broadcast IP address assigned to the interface
2-19
ip dhcp relay information

The ip dhcp relay information command enable the DHCP relay agent to insert DHCP option 82, sub-options into DHCP requests. Support for DHCP Option-82, sub-option 2 (Agent Remote ID), which is enabled by the ip dhcp relay information option command, allows the relay agent in the BSR to insert just the DHCP clients MAC address into outbound DHCP client requests (i.e., DHCP Discovers and DHCP Requests as they traverse the BSR). Support for DHCP Option-82, sub-option 4 (DOCSIS Device Class Identifier), which is enabled by the ip dhcp relay information option command, allows the relay agent in the BSR to insert the DOCSIS Device Class Identifier into outbound client DHCP Discovers. Support for DHCP Option-82, sub-option 85 (Spectrum Group Name), which is enabled by the ip dhcp relay information spectrum-group-name command, allows the relay agent in the BSR to insert, when available, the Spectrum Group name associated with the upstream channel that the DHCP client is using into outbound DHCP client requests (i.e., DHCP Discovers and DHCP Requests as they traverse the BSR). Note: If a DHCP client on a particular subnet is using an upstream frequency that is not configured as a member of a Spectrum Group, the Spectrum Group name is not inserted by the DHCP relay agent into the DHCP discover packet.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip dhcp relay information {option | spectrum-group-name} no ip dhcp relay information {option | spectrum-group-name}
2-20
IP Commands
Command Syntax
option spectrum-group-name insert a MAC address (Agent Remote ID) only into a clients DHCP discover packets insert the Spectrum Group name into all DHCP outbound requests
Command Default disabled
2-21
ip directed-broadcast
The ip directed-broadcast command enables all directed broadcasts to go to the addresses in the host portion of an IP address. The no ip directed-broadcast command disables all directed broadcasts.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip directed-broadcast no ip directed-broadcast Command Default disabled
2-22
IP Commands
ip domain-list
The ip domain-list command provides up to six domain names to resolve unqualified host names when the primary domain, specified by the ip domain-name command, fails to resolve. Use the ip domain-list command to define a list of secondary domain names. Secondary domain names are used if the primary domain name fails to resolve.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip domain-list <domain> [<domain>] [<domain>] [<domain>] [<domain>] [<domain>]
no ip domain-list <domain...>
Command Syntax
domain... Domain name.
2-23
ip domain-lookup
The ip domain-lookup command enables the IP Domain Name System (DNS) based host name-to-address translation. The no ip domain-lookup command disables the IP DNS-based name-to-address translation.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip domain-lookup no ip domain-lookup Command Default enabled
2-24
IP Commands
ip domain-name
For each BSR, you should configure the name of the domain in which the BSR is located. This is the default domain name that is appended to host names that are not fully qualified. The ip domain-name command is used to configure a domain name. The no ip domain-name command removes the domain name.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip domain-name {<domain>} no ip domain-name {<domain>} Command Syntax
domain name of domain being established
Command Default No domain is configured.
2-25
ip forward-protocol udp
The ip forward-protocol udp command controls what type of UDP packet to forward when broadcasting packets. The no ip forward-protocol udp command disables IP forwarding.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip forward-protocol udp [<num:0-65535> | bootpc | bootps | domain | netbios-dgm | netbios-ns | tacacs | tftp | time | <cr>]
no ip forward-protocol udp [<num:0-65535> | bootpc | bootps | domain | netbios-dgm | netbios-ns | tacacs | tftp | time | <cr>]
Command Syntax
num:0-65535 bootpc bootps domain netbios-dgm netbios-ns tacacs tftp time <cr> Specific UDP port number. Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) client (68) Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) server (67) Domain Name Service (DNS, 53) NetBios datagram service (138) NetBios name service (137) TAC Access Control System (49) Trivial File Transfer Protocol (69) Time (37) Command return allows all UDP packets to be forwarded.
2-26
IP Commands
ip helper-address
The ip helper-address command determines the destination IP address of the DHCP server for where broadcast packets are forwarded. The no ip helper-address command removes the IP address where broadcast packets are forwarded. Use the ip-helper address command to forward broadcast packets received on an interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip helper-address <address> no ip helper-address <address> Command Syntax
address Destination broadcast/host address to be used.
2-27
ip host
The ip host command is used to add a static, classless DNS host entry to the ip hostname table by matching the host IP address to its DNS host name mapping. The no ip host command deletes the host address-to-name mapping in the host cache.
Note: The initial character of the name must be a letter.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip host <name> <address> no ip host <name> <address> Command Syntax
name address name of host IP address
Command Default no hosts configured
2-28
IP Commands
ip irdp
The ip irdp command enables the ICMP Router Discovery Protocol (IRDP) on an interface. The no ip irdp command disables the ICMP IRDP on an interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration. The ip irdp command is not available on the cable interface. Command Line Usage ip irdp [address <A.B.C.D> | holdtime <num:1-9000> | maxadvertinterval | minadvertinterval | multicast | preference]
no ip irdp [address <A.B.C.D> | holdtime <num:1-9000> | maxadvertinterval <num:4-1800> | minadvertinterval <num:3-1800> | multicast | preference <-2147483648-2147483647>]
Command Syntax
address A.B.C.D holdtime num:1-9000 maxadvertinterval num:4-1800 minadvertinterval multicast IP addresses to proxy-advertise, preference value. IP address to advertise. amount of time, in seconds, advertisements hold valid value in seconds maximum time between advertisements value in seconds minimal time between advertisement in seconds advertisements are sent with multicast
2-29
preference
preference value for this interface, -231 to 231, higher value increases performance, preferred router preference for this address (higher values preferred)
-2147483648-2147483647
Command Default
holdtime maxadvertinterval minadvertinterval preference 1800 seconds 600 seconds 450 seconds -2147483648-2147483647
2-30
IP Commands
ip mask-reply
The ip mask-reply command enables Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) netmask reply messages. The no ip mask-reply command disables ICMP netmask reply messages.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Mode ip mask-reply no ip mask-reply Command Default Enabled
2-31
ip mtu
The ip mtu command configures the Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) packet size allowed on the interface. The no ip mtu command resets the default.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip mtu <size> no ip mtu Command Syntax
size MTU size from 68 to 1500 bytes.
2-32
IP Commands
ip name-server
The ip name-server command is used to enter the IP address of one or more Domain Name Servers (DNS). Up to six DNS can be configured on the BSR. The no ip name-server command deletes a DNS entry.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip name-server <ip-address> [<...ip-address>]
no ip name-server <ip-address> [<...ip-address>]
Command Syntax
ip-address IP addresses of your DNS.
2-33
ip proxy-arp
The ip proxy-arp command enables proxy ARP on the interface. The no ip proxy-arp command disables proxy ARP on an interface. Note: If a host in the local network is incapable of responding to an ARP request for some reason, the router will respond on behalf of the host when proxy arp is enabled and the IP-to-MAC address mapping of the host is stored in the router with a static arp command, with the alias option specified. To verify ARP status, use the show running-config command. The BSR will also respond to an ARP request for a network on a different interface when proxy ARP is turned on.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip proxy-arp no ip proxy-arp Command Default disabled
2-34
IP Commands
ip rarp-server
The ip rarp-server command is used to enable the router to act as a RARP server. The no rarp-server command disables the router to act as a RARP server. The RARP server can be configured on each interface to ensure that the router does not affect RARP traffic on other subnetworks that do not need RARP assistance. The following conditions must be satisfied before receiving RARP support:
The ip rarp-server command must be configured on the requesting interface A static entry, must exist in the IP ARP table, mapping the MAC address in the RARP request to an IP address
The IP address should be set to whatever address the user configures as the primary address for the interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip rarp-server <ip-address> no ip rarp-server <ip-address> Command Syntax
ip-address The IP address that is provided as the source protocol address field of the RARP response packet.
2-35
ip redirects
The ip redirects command enables messages to be redirected if a packet needs to be resent through the interface that received the packet. The no ip redirects command disables messages that are redirected if a packet needs to be resent through the interface that received the packet.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip redirects no ip redirects
2-36
IP Commands
ip route
The ip route command is used to configure a static route when the router cannot dynamically build a route to the specific destination or if the route must be in place permanently. The no ip route command remove a static route.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip route <prefix> <mask> {<prefix> | null <num:0,0>} [<distance>] [tag <num:1-4294967295>]
no ip route <prefix> <mask> {<prefix> | null <num:0,0>} [<distance>] [tag <num:1-4294967295>]
Command Syntax
prefix mask null distance tag static route destination prefix static route destination prefix mask null interface and port, valid values 0 and 0 administrative distance, default value 1 match value to control route-map redistribution, valid values 1 to 4294967295
2-37
ip routing
The ip routing command enables IP routing. The no ip routing command disables IP routing.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip routing no ip routing Command Default enabled
2-38
IP Commands
ip unreachables
The ip unreachables command enables processing of an ICMP unreachable message when the BSR cannot deliver a received packet. The no ip unreachables command disables ICMP unreachable message processing when the router cannot deliver a received a packet.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip unreachables no ip unreachables Command Default enabled
2-39
passive-interface
The passive-interface command suppresses routing updates from being transmitted over a specific ethernet or cable routing interface. The no passive-interface re-enables route updates to be transmitted over the routing interface.
Note: Updates from routers that are directly connected to the passive interface continue to be received and processed.
Command Line Usage passive-interface {cable <slot>/<interface> | ethernet <slot>/<interface> | gigaether <slot>/<interface> | pos <slot>/<interface>} no passive-interface {cable <slot>/<interface> | ethernet <slot>/<interface> | gigaether <slot>/<interface> | pos <slot>/<interface>} Command Syntax
cable ethernet gigaether pos slot interface Cable interface. Ethernet interface. Gigabit Ethernet interface. Packet-Over-SONET interface. Module slot number. Interface number.
Command Default Routing updates are transmitted over the router. Command Mode Router Configuration
2-40
IP Commands
ping
The Packet Internet Groper (PING) ping command sends an Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) echo request to a remote host that reports errors and provides information relevant to IP packet addressing. Use the ping command to check host reach ability and network connectivity, or to confirm basic network connectivity. Note: The address of the source in an echo message will be the destination of the echo reply message. To form an echo reply message, the source and destination addresses are simply reversed, the type code changed to 0, and the checksum recomputed. ICMP is used to report problems with delivery of IP datagrams within an IP network. It can also show when a particular node is not responding, when an IP network is not reachable, when a node is overloaded, when an error occurs in the IP header information, etc. The protocol is also frequently used by Internet managers to verify correct operations of nodes and to check that routers are correctly routing packets to the specified destination address.
Group Access
All
Command Mode User EXEC and Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage ping {<hostname> | <ip-address>}[size <num:1-165535] [<num:1-165535>] [timeout <num:1-1024>] [source <ip-address>] [df] Command Syntax
hostname ip-address name of the remote system to ping IP address of the remote system to ping
2-41
size num 1-165535 num:1-165535 timeout num:1-1024 source ip-address df
packets, size of the echo message in bytes, size of the packet number of ping requests to send timeout in seconds source IP address to use to send the ping request sets the dont fragment ip flag in the outgoing ping IP header
2-42
IP Commands
show controllers
The show controllers command displays detailed hardware and configuration information for each module on installed in the BSR 64000 chassis.
Group Access
All
show controllers cable <X/Y> [upstream <0-7> | downstream | mac ] [ | ] [begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>] show controllers ethernet [<X/Y>] [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>] show controllers gigaether [<X/Y>] show controllers pos [<X/Y>]}
Command Syntax
cable X/Y display cable interface controller information for the specified BSR chassis slot and port number including RF signal information, the type of hardware installed, FEC information for both corrected and uncorrected packets, the spectrum group and the status of the cable interface display information for the downstream port including downstream modulation type, frequency (label), and symbol rate
downstream
2-43
mac
display MAC layer (layer 2) information for all cable modems on this specific CMTS module display information for an upstream port including the upstream modulation type, channel width, frequency, and modulation profile information (i.e minislots, interleave, preamble, etc.) display Ethernet interface controller information for the entire BSR chassis or the optional, specified BSR chassis slot and port number turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string display Gigabit Ethernet interface controller information for the entire BSR chassis or the optional, specified BSR chassis slot and port number display POS interface controller information for the entire BSR chassis or the optional, specified BSR chassis slot and port number
upstream 0-7
ethernet X/Y
| begin exclude include WORD gigaether X/Y
pos X/Y
2-44
IP Commands
show host authorization

The show host authorization command displays the host authorization enabled state and displays all cable host entries in the ARP authorization table.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show host authorization [cpe [leased]] Command Syntax
cpe leased the static configured authorization table for CPEs the configured authorization table for leased CPE entries
2-45
show host authorization cpe

The show host authorization cpe command is used to display the static ARP entries for CPEs only.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show host authorization cpe
2-46
IP Commands
show host unauthorized cpe

The show host unauthorized cpe command displays the list of hosts/CPEs that are unauthorized due to a failed DHCP lease query response.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show host unauthorized cpe
2-47
show hosts
The show hosts command displays the cache list of host names and addresses, and the lookup service type.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show hosts
2-48
IP Commands
show interfaces
Use the show interfaces command to display the status and statistics for the network interfaces. Use the show interfaces command without the slot and interface argument to display all interfaces.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show interfaces [ethernet <slot>/<interface> | gigaether <slot>/<interface> | cable <slot>/<interface> | pos <slot>/<interface> | loopback <slot>/<interface>] [accounting] Command Syntax
ethernet gigaether cable pos loopback tunnel slot interface accounting Ethernet interface. Gigabit Ethernet interface. Cable interface. Packet-over-SONET interface. Interface that appears up at all times, virtual interface. Tunnel interface. Chassis slot number associated with the physical interface. Interface number. Displays the number of packets for each protocol type that has been sent through an interface
2-49
show ip arp
The show ip arp command displays the Internet Protocol (IP) Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) cache table entries for one or more interfaces on the BSR. Each ARP entry describes the protocol type, IP address to MAC address binding, age time, ARP type, and interface location and type. Use the additional command arguments to filter the output information you want to receive.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except for User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip arp [<ip-address>] | [<hostname>] | [<mac-address>] | ethernet [<slot>/ <interface>] | gigaether [<slot>/<interface>] | cable [<slot>/<interface>] | <cr> Command Syntax
ip-address hostname mac-address ethernet gigaether cable slot interface cr Displays entries matching IP address Displays entries matching a hostname Displays entries showing a 48 bit MAC address. Ethernet interface ARP entries. Gigabit Ethernet interface ARP entries. Cable Ethernet interface ARP entries. Chassis slot number associated with the physical interface. Interface number. A command return displays all IP ARP entries.
2-50
IP Commands
show ip dhcp stats

The show ip dhcp stats command displays DHCP server statistical information. including memory usage, counters, and DHCP messages sent and received.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip dhcp stats [<0-15>] Command Syntax
0-15 the BSR 64000 CMTS slot number
2-51
show ip interface
Use the show ip interface command with filters to display the status, statistics and configuration for the network interfaces. Use the show ip interface command without any command arguments to display all interfaces.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show ip interface [brief] [ethernet <slot>/<interface> | cable <slot>/<interface> | gigaether <slot>/<interface> | pos <slot>/<interface> | loopback <num:1-16> | tunnel <num:0-255>] Command Syntax
brief Provides a brief summary of IP status and configuration information for a specific interface. Ethernet interface. Gigabit Ethernet interface. Cable interface. Packet-over-SONET interface. Interface that appears up at all times, virtual interface. Tunnel interface. Chassis slot number associated with the physical interface. Interface number.
ethernet gigaether cable pos loopback tunnel slot interface
2-52
IP Commands
show ip irdp
Use the show ip irdp command to display ICMP Router Discovery Protocol values containing interface holdtime values, configured preface values, and advertisement values.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show ip irdp
2-53
show ip protocols
The show ip protocols command is used for debugging routing activity and processes by displaying the routing protocol process currently on the system.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show ip protocols [summary]
2-54
IP Commands
show ip route
The show ip route command displays the active entries in the routing table.
Note: The information displayed reflects the routes that the routing table has exported in the routing protocol that were filtered by that protocols export routing policy statements.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Privileged EXEC and Global Configuration Command Line Usage show ip route [<hostname> | bgp | connected | isis | ospf | rip | static | <ip-address> [mask] | summary] Command Syntax
hostname bgp connected isis ospf rip static ip-address Displays routes for the internet hostname. Displays Border Gateway Protocol routes. Displays connected routes. Displays ISIS routes. Displays OSPF routes. Displays RIP routes. Displays static routes. Displays route for an IP address.
2-55
mask
Enter the subnet mask for the specified IP address to filter routes from a specific subnetwork. Displays a summary of routes in the BSR routing table.
summary
2-56
IP Commands
show ip traffic
The show ip traffic command displays IP, ICMP, UDP, TCP, ARP, OSPF, IGMP, DVMRP, PIM, and RADIUS protocol packet statistics, depending on what protocols are in use on the BSR.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip traffic [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
2-57
show sntp
The Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) provides system time with high accuracy. The show sntp command output displays the following SNTP information for the BSR: SNTP server stratum version last receive trusted server Configured SNRP to request NTP packets or broadcast NTP server address Number of NTP hops a machine is from an authoritative time source NTP server version When the last update was received "Yes" - if an authentication was attempted and succeeded; "No" - otherwise
Group Access
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show sntp
2-58
IP Commands
show tcp brief

The show tcp brief command displays a detailed description of TCP interfaces.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show tcp brief [all]
2-59
show tcp statistics

The show tcp statistics command displays the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) statistics. The following information describes the show tcp statistics command output fields: rcvd total no port checksum error bad offset too short packets in sequence dup packets partially dup packets out-of-order packets packets with data after window packets after close window probe packets window update dup ack packets Statistics in this section refer to packets received by the router. Packets received. Number of packets received with no port. number of packets received with checksum error number of packets received with bad offset to data number of packets received that were too short number of data packets received in sequence number of duplicate packets received number of packets received with partially duplicated data number of packets received out of order number of packets received with data that exceeds the receiver window size number of packets received after the connection has been closed number of window probe packets received number of window update packets received number of duplicate acknowledgment packets received
2-60
IP Commands
ack packets with unsent number of acknowledgment packets with data unsent data received ack packets sent total urgent packets control packets data packets data packets retransmitted ack only packets window probe packets number of acknowledgment packets received statistics for packets sent by the router total number of packets sent number of urgent packets sent number of control packets (SYN, FIN, or RST) sent number of data packets sent number of data packets retransmitted number of packets sent that are acknowledgments only number of window probe packets sent
window update packets number of window update packets sent connections initiated connections accepted number of connections initiated number of connections accepted
connections established number of connections established connections closed total rxmt timeout number of connections closed number of times the router tried to retransmit, but timed out
connections dropped in number of connections dropped in retransmit rxmit timeout timeout keepalive timeout keepalive probe number of keepalive packets in timeout number of keepalive probes
connections dropped in number of connections dropped in keepalive keepalive
2-61
Group Access
All
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show tcp statistics
2-62
IP Commands
shutdown
The shutdown command disables an interface. An interface is in a shutdown state when some configuration tasks must be performed on the interface. All interfaces on the BSR are shutdown by default. The no shutdown command is used to enable a shutdown interface.
Note: Use the show interfaces command to display interfaces that are up or down.
Group Access
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage shutdown no shutdown
2-63
sntp authenticate
The sntp authenticate command enables authentication for SNTP. The no sntp authenticate command disables authentication for SNTP.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage sntp authenticate no sntp authenticate
2-64
IP Commands
sntp authentication-key
The sntp authentication-key command enables authentication for SNTP. The no sntp authentication-key command disables authentication for SNTP. Use the sntp authentication-key command to authenticate SNTP sources for additional security.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage sntp authentication-key <num:1-4294967295> [md5 <string>] no sntp authentication-key <num:1-4294967295> Command Syntax
num:1-4294967295 md5 string Key number. Use the md5 algorithm (presently this is the only algorithm supported). Key value, up to 8 characters.
2-65
sntp broadcastdelay
The sntp broadcastdelay command establishes the length of a round trip between the system and a broadcast server. The no sntp broadcastdelay command removes the length of a round trip between the system and a broadcast server and returns it to the default. Use the sntp broadcastdelay command to set the exact time between the router as a broadcast client and the network.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage sntp broadcastdelay <num> no sntp broadcastdelay <num> Command Syntax
num Microseconds calculated on round-trip time for SNTP transactor, valid values 1 to 999999 microseconds.
Command Default 3000 microseconds
2-66
IP Commands
sntp broadcast client

The sntp broadcast client command configures a router to listen for SNTP broadcasts. The no sntp broadcast client command blocks the router from receiving SNTP broadcast traffic. Use the sntp broadcast client command to receive NTP traffic from a broadcast server.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage sntp broadcast client no sntp broadcast client
2-67
sntp disable
The sntp disable command disables SNTP on an interface. The no sntp disable command enables the interface to accept NTP traffic from other servers.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage sntp disable no sntp disable Command Default enabled
2-68
IP Commands
sntp server
The sntp server command configures a router for SNTP to accept NTP traffic. The no sntp server command disables the router receiving NTP traffic. Note: When the server address is set to 224.0.1.1, the assigned multicast address for NTP, the BSR operates in unicast mode. It transmits a request to this multicast address and waits for replies. It then "binds" to the first server who replies. All subsequent transactions happen in a unicast mode. This way, the server address need not be known beforehand. If you configure the BSR to operate in authenticated mode, you must also configure an authentication key (sntp authentication-key command) and a trusted key (trusted-key command).
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage sntp server {<A.B.C.D> | <name>} [key <num:1-4294967295>] no sntp server Command Syntax
A.B.C.D name Server IP address. HOST server name.
key num:1-4294967295 Key number for authentication purpose.
Command Default SNTP traffic not accepted from a time server
2-69
sntp trusted-key
The sntp trusted-key command authorizes synchronization and authenticates system identity. The no ntp trusted-key command disables synchronization and removes system identity. Use the sntp trusted-key command to establish a key or keys following the sntp authentication-key command to synchronize the system. The sntp trusted-key command synchronizes with only those systems that are trusted delivering additional security.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage sntp trusted-key <num:1-4294967295> no sntp trusted-key <num:1-4294967295> Command Syntax
num 1-4294967295 Trusted authentication key-number for trusted time source.
Command Default No trusted keys defined
2-70
IP Commands
traceroute
The traceroute command traces a route through the network from beginning to end.
Group Access
All
Command Mode User EXEC and Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage traceroute <ip-address> <hostname> Command Syntax
ip-address hostname Source IP address. Domain Name Server (DNS) hostname.
2-71
tunnel checksum
The tunnel checksum command enables encapsulator-to-decapsulator checksumming of packets on a tunnel interface. The no tunnel checksum command. disables checksumming. This command currently applies to generic route encapsulation (GRE) only. By default, the tunnel does not guarantee packet integrity. By enabling end-to-end checksums, the routers will drop corrupted packets.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Interface configuration (tunnel interface only)
Command Line Usage tunnel checksum no tunnel checksum Command Default

disabled
IP Commands
tunnel destination
The tunnel destination command provides a tunnel interface destination. The no tunnel destination command removes a tunnel interface destination. Note: The tunnel destination command specifies the endpoint of the tunnel. If a hostname is specified, DNS must have already been configured. The host name-to-address translation is done following the command only once. If mapping changes occur, the command needs to be reissued and is stored as an IP address in the configuration files.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration (tunnel interface only) Command Line Usage tunnel destination {<address> | <hostname>} no tunnel destination Command Syntax
address hostname IP address of the tunnel interface destination DNS name of tunnel interface destination
2-73
tunnel key
The tunnel key command specifies a security key for GRE tunneling.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration (tunnel interface only) Command Line Usage tunnel key <key-number> Command Syntax
key-number Valid values 0-4294967295
2-74
IP Commands
tunnel mode
The tunnel mode command sets the encapsulation mode for the tunnel interface. The no tunnel mode command disables the encapsulation mode for the tunnel interface. Use the tunnel mode command to set the encapsulation type while sending packets over the tunnel.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration (tunnel interface only) Command Line Usage tunnel mode {ipip | gre | dvmrp} no tunnel mode {ipip | gre | dvmrp} Command Syntax
ipip gre dvmrp IP in IP encapsulation Generic Route Encapsulation (GRE) protocol over IP Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol
Command Default IP in IP encapsulation
2-75
tunnel source
The tunnel source command specifies a source address for a tunnel interface. The no tunnel source command removes a source address for a tunnel interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration (tunnel interface only) Command Line Usage tunnel source {<ip-address> | cable <slot>/<interface> | default <slot>/ <interface> | ethernet <slot>/<interface> | gigaether <slot>/<interface> | loopback <0-16> | pos <slot>/<interface>}
no tunnel source {<ip-address> | cable <slot>/<interface> | default <slot>/ <interface> | ethernet <slot>/<interface> | gigaether <slot>/<interface> | loopback <0-16> | pos <slot>/<interface>}
Command Syntax
ip-address cable default ethernet / port gigaether loopback 0-16 pos slot interface Source IP address. Cable interface. The source interface based on the destination IP address. Ethernet interface. Gigabit Ethernet interface. Loopback interface. Packet Over SONET interface. Module slot number. Interface number.
2-76
3
SNMP Commands
SNMP Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) commands used to manage the BSR 64000. Since it was developed in 1988, SNMP has become the de facto standard for internetwork management. SNMP is an application layer protocol and is based on the manager/agent model. SNMP is referred to as simple because the agent requires minimal software. Most of the processing power and the data storage resides on the management system, with a subset of those functions residing in the managed system. A typical agent usually implements the SNMP protocol, stores and retrieves management data (as defined by the MIB); can asynchronously signal an event to the manager; and can be a proxy for some non-SNMP network node. A typical manager implemented as a Network Management Station (NMS) Network-management stations implements the SNMP protocol; learns of problems by receiving event notifications, called traps, from network devices implementing SNMP; is able to query agents; gets responses from agents; sets variables in agents; and acknowledges synchronous events from agents. The primary protocols that SNMP runs on are the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) and IP. SNMP also requires Data Link Layer protocols such as Ethernet to implement the communication channel from the management to the managed agent.
3-1
SNMP Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the SNMP commands supported by the BSR.
3-2
SNMP Commands
show snmp
The show snmp command displays SNMP statistics and status. Use the show snmp command to view SNMP statistics, determine the running status, and display configuration information such as chassis ID, system description, and system location, chassis ID, and counter information for the SNMP process. The show snmp command displays the following output: snmp packets input total number of SNMP packets received by the SNMP agent bad snmp unknown community name illegal operation for community name ASN parse errors number of requested variables number of changed variables get-request PDUs get-next PDUs set request PDUs snmp out packet too big errors no such name errors bad values errors number of bad SNMP packets received with bad SNMP version errors number of SNMP packets received with unknown community names number not allowed number incorrectly encoded variables requested by SNMP managers variables altered by SNMP managers number received number received number received number of SNMP packets sent by the agent larger than maximum packet size sent by the agent name errors nonexistent number, undefinable Management Information Base (MIB) number of set requests that detail an invalid value for a MIB object
3-3
general errors
number of requests failed due to some other error, excluding a noSuchName error, badValue error, or any of the other specific errors number of responses number of traps sent
response PDU trap PDU
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes Command Line Usage show snmp
3-4
SNMP Commands
show snmp access

The show snmp access command displays SNMPv3 access rights of SNMP groups and user, with security models and levels. It also associates SNMP views with these security parameters.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show snmp access
3-5
show snmp community

The show snmp community command displays information about configured communities.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show snmp community
3-6
SNMP Commands
show snmp contact

The show snmp contact command displays system contact information.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show snmp contact
3-7
show snmp context

The show snmp context command displays context records.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show snmp context
3-8
SNMP Commands
show snmp engineID

The show snmp engineID command displays information about the local SNMP engine, including the remote engines that were configured on the BSR.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show snmp engineID
3-9
show snmp group

The show snmp group command displays SNMPv3 groups.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show snmp group
3-10
SNMP Commands
show snmp host

The show snmp host command displays the hosts configured to receive SNMP notifications, both SNMP Traps and Informs.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show snmp host
3-11
show snmp location

The show snmp location displays the system location information, or sysLocation MIB object string.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show snmp location
3-12
SNMP Commands
show snmp packetsize

The show snmp packetsize command displays the maximum SNMP packet size in bytes that the SNMP agent can send and receive. Note: The maximum packet size, in bytes, is from 484 to 17940. The following commands are related: snmp-server packetsize snmp-server sysname
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show snmp-server packetsize
3-13
show snmp port number

The show snmp port number command displays the UDP port number on which the SNMP agent is configured.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show snmp port number
3-14
SNMP Commands
show snmp sysname

The show snmp sysname command displays the system information, or the sysName MIB object string.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show snmp sysname
3-15
show snmp users

The show snmp users command displays SNMP v3 user names stored in the SNMP group username table. Use the show snmp users command to display information on remote SNMP users. The show snmp users command also displays a list of configured SNMP users and their associated access privileges, such as engineID and security level.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show snmp users
3-16
SNMP Commands
show snmp view

The show snmp view command displays view entry information. Use the show snmp view command to display the view-name and the object-identifier subtrees associated with it.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show snmp view
3-17
snmp-server access
The snmp-server access command defines access policy information. The no snmp-server access command clears the SNMP access policies. When using the no snmp-server community command and a view is not specified, a default view is set to the "dod" MIB group, for example "1.3.6".
Note: Community Name Access Method is used predominantly with SNMPv1 and v2c.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp-server access <group-name> {v1 | v2c | v3 noauth | v3 auth | v3 priv} [prefix <prefix-name>]
no snmp-server access <group-name> {v1 | v2c | v3 noauth | v3 auth | v3 priv} [prefix <prefix-name>]
Command Syntax
snmp-server access group-name v1 v2c change SNMPv3-related parameters define access information group name access group using v1 security model access group using v2c security model
3-18
SNMP Commands
v3 noauth auth priv prefix prefix-name
access group using v3 security model (USM) no authentication authentication privacy specify prefix parameters from 0 to 32 bits in length
3-19
snmp-server chassis-id
The snmp-server chassis-id command sets the chassis-id to uniquely identify the chassis. The no snmp-server chassis-id command returns it to the default value. To provide a message line identifying the SNMP server serial number, use the snmp-server chassis-id command.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp-server chassis-id <string> no snmp-server chassis-id <string> Command Syntax
string unique ID string (text for MIB object, chassisId)
Command Default Defaults to chassis serial number Command Use The snmp-server chassis-id command gets the chassis information from the chassis card table. Command Notes Use the show snmp command to view the chassis ID message.
3-20
SNMP Commands
snmp-server community
The snmp-server community command enables SNMP and sets community strings and access privileges. The no snmp-community command removes community strings and access privileges to a particular SNMP community.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp-server community <word> [access-list num:1-199] [ro | rw] [view view-name]
no snmp-server community <word>
Command Syntax
access-list num:1-199 ro rw IP access list allowed access with this community string set read-only access with this community string sets read-write access; authorized management stations can retrieve and modify MIB objects MIB view to restrict community
view view-name
3-21
snmp-server contact
The snmp-server contact command sets the system contact information, or the MIB object sysContact.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp-server contact <string> Command Syntax
string name of system contact person, text for MIB object sysContact
Command Default no contact set
3-22
SNMP Commands
snmp-server context
The snmp-server context defines or updates a context record. The no snmp-server command clears a context record.
Note: By defining a context record, an access policy can be specified that includes the context. The context record identifies object resources that are accessible.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp-server context <word> no snmp-server context <word> Command Syntax
word name of context record, text for MIB object sysContext
3-23
snmp-server enable traps

The snmp-server enable traps command enables SNMP traps and allows the SNMP agent to send an unsolicited notification to one or more pre-configured management stations. The no snmp-server enable traps command disables all SNMP traps or a specific trap type. The snmp-server enable traps command enables all SNMP traps or specific types of traps and allows this SNMP management station to send SNMP traps to hosts indentified to receive traps with the snmp-server host command. For the SNMP management station to send traps, at least one SNMP-server host must be configured. Both commands should be enabled.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp-server enable traps [bgp | docsdevcmts | entity | environ | flap | ospf | pim | snmp | vrrp] no snmp-server enable traps [bgp | docsdevcmts | entity | environ | flap | ospf | pim | snmp | vrrp] Command Syntax
traps bgp docsdevcmts entity environ flap enables BGP, OSPF, SNMP, and VRRP state change traps enables BGP state change traps enables docs device cmts traps enables entity state change traps enables SNMP environment traps enables flap state change traps
3-24
SNMP Commands
ospf pim snmp vrrp
enables OSPF state change traps enables PIM state change traps enables SNMP state change traps enables VRRP state change traps
3-25
snmp-server engineID
The snmp-server engineID command configures a name for the local or remote SNMPv3 engine as identification. The no snmp-server engineID command returns the local agent engineID to the default, or deletes a remote engineID from the agent.
Note: A local SNMP Engine ID must be configured to use SNMPv3.The SNMP agent is configured with a default Engine ID equal to the MAC address of the chassis.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp-server engineID {local <engine-id>| {remote <A.B.C.D> [udp-port <port-num>] <engine-id>}}
no snmp-server engineID {local <engine-id>| {remote <A.B.C.D> [udp-port <port-num>] <engine-id>}}
Command Syntax
local engine-id remote A.B.C.D udp-port port-num engine-id sets local engine identification engine ID octet string change or add remote engine id parameters IP address of remote SNMP notification host configures a remote engine-ID UDP port number engine-ID
3-26
SNMP Commands
snmp-server group
The snmp-server group command associates (or maps) SNMP groups to SNMP users. Use the no snmp-server group command to delete the group or a table to match SNMP users with SNMP groups. The snmp-server group command is used to create an SNMP group, associate it with an SNMP user, and define a security level (SNMPv1, v2c, v3) for use with the group.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp-server group <word> <user_name> {v1 | v2c | v3} no snmp-server group Command Syntax
word user_name v1 v2c v3 security name belonging to this group name of user creating group provides the least security provides the next level of security provides the most security
3-27
snmp-server host
The snmp-server host command configures the SNMP agent to send notifications to a remote host. The no snmp-server host clears the host recipient from receiving SNMP notification activity. Configure an SNMP trap host with the snmp-server host command by specifying the receiver of specific trap types. All traps are sent if one is not specified. Each time the snmp-server host command is used, one host acting as a trap recipient is configured. Use the no snmp-server host command to remove a trap host from the trap host list when it is full.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp-server host <A.B.C.D>[trap | informs] version {1 | 2c | 3 auth | 3 noauth | 3 priv} <community-string> [udp-port <num:0-65535>] [snmp | ospf | vrrp | bgp]
no snmp-server host <A.B.C.D>[trap | informs] version {1 | 2c | 3 auth | 3 noauth | 3 priv} <community-string> [udp-port <num:0-65535>] [snmp | ospf | vrrp | bgp]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D traps informs version 1 2c IP address of SNMP notification host enable SNMP traps enable SNMP informs version to use for notification messages lowest security level second level, more than security level 1
3-28
SNMP Commands
3 auth 3 no auth 3 priv community-string udp-port num:0-65535 snmp ospf vrrp bgp
most secure level, authenticates without encryption no authentication, unscrambled packet privileged level, authenticates and scrambles packet 1 to 32 alphabetic characters naming community determines the UDP port for the host to use specific integer SNMP state change traps sent OSPF state change traps sent VRRP state change traps sent BGP state change traps sent
Command Default no hosts configured
3-29
snmp-server enable informs

The snmp-server enable informs command enables SNMP informs. The no snmp-server enable informs disables SNMP informs. The snmp-server enable informs command enables SNMP informs and allows this SNMP management station to send SNMP informs to hosts configured using the snmp-server host informs command. The snmp-server host command identifies the host or hosts to receive SNMP informs. For the SNMP managenment station to send informs, at least one SNMP-server host must be configured. Both commands should be enabled. The no snmp-server enable informs command disables sending inform notification messages from this SNMP management station. For a host to receive an inform, an snmp-server host informs command must be configured for that host, and the inform must be enabled globally through the use of the snmp-server enable informs command.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Mode snmp-server enable informs no snmp-server enable informs Command Default disabled
3-30
SNMP Commands
snmp-server location
The snmp-server location command sets the system location string and the sysLocation MIB object of an SNMP server. The no snmp-server location command clears the location identification, sysLocation, of an SNMP server. snmp-server location <string> no snmp-server location
Command Syntax
string text for MIB object sysLocation; identifies the physical location of the SNMP server, using 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters including spaces
3-31
snmp-server packetsize
The snmp-server packetsize command sets the maximum SNMP packet size that the server sends or receives. The no snmp-server packetsize command sets SNMP packet size back to the default.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp-server packetsize <num:484-17940> no snmp-server packetsize Command Syntax
num:484-17940 maximum packet size in bytes
Command Default 1400 bytes
3-32
SNMP Commands
snmp-server port number

The snmp-server port number sets the UDP port number the SNMP agent is to use. The no snmp-server port number sets the UDP port number the SNMP agent is to use back to the default.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp-server port number <num:0-65535> no snmp-server port number <num:0-65535> Command Syntax
num:0-65535 port number for SNMP agent to listen
Command Default 161
3-33
snmp-server shutdown
The snmp-server shutdown command shuts down the SNMP Agent, preventing it from further processing SNMP packets, while retaining all SNMP configuration data in the event the agent is restarted. The snmp-server shutdown delete command shuts down the SNMP Agent and deletes all SNMP configuration data (all SNMP configuration data is lost).
Note: The snmp-server shutdown command is identical to the no snmp-server command.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp-server shutdown {delete} Command Syntax
delete deletes all SNMP configuration data upon shutting down (without this option all SNMP configuration data is retained and the agent is suspended).
3-34
SNMP Commands
snmp-server sysname
The snmp-server sysname sets the sysName MIB object string.
Note: The sysName MIB variable is the name of the node. The show snmp sysname command gets the sysName MIB variable.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp-server sysname <string> Command Syntax
string text for MIB object sysName
3-35
snmp-server trap rate-limit

The snmp-server trap rate-limit command constricts the rate of SNMP messages and log messages sent to a remote host. The no snmp-server trap rate-limit clears the SNMP agent and increases the number of traps sent to a remote host.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp-server trap rate-limit <num:0-2147483647> <num:0-2147483647> [auto-restart]
no snmp-server trap rate-limit <num:0-2147483647> <num:0-2147483647>
Command Syntax
snmp-server trap change SNMP parameters constricts the rate of trap messages and log messages used by the agent to send an unsolicited notification to one or more pre-configured management stations number of SNMP traps; affects both trap and syslog per unit time in seconds
Automatically restart sending traps and logging messages after the trap rate falls back under the specified rate-limit
num:0-2147483647 num:0-2147483647 auto-restart
3-36
SNMP Commands
snmp-server user
The snmp-server user command adds a new user to an SNMP group. The no snmp-server user command removes a user from an SNMP group. Use the snmp server-user command to configure a remote user. Stipulate the port number or IP address of the user for the remote SNMP agent. Note: The user must have a defined password or key before attempting to use this password or key for authentication. This also holds true for a localized password. The SNMPv3 agent processes SNMPv3 packets from the network management station only after authentication.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp-server user <word> [[auth {sha | md5} {password <password> | key <key> | local <localized_key>} {password <password> | priv des56} key <key> | local <localized_key>} [eng-id <engine-id>]]
no snmp-server user <username>
Command Syntax
word auth sha md5 username authentication parameters for user uses HMAC/SHA algorithm for authentication uses HMAC/MD5 algorithm for authentication
3-37
password password
at least 8 characters, maximum; a string of up to 64 characters enabling the agent to receive packets from the host standard key localized key password converted to MD5 of SHA securities permission provides DES-56 bit encryption with authentication based on the CBC-DES (DES-56) standard specifies engine-id with this user; local value of engine ID
key key local localized_key password password priv des56
eng engine-id
3-38
SNMP Commands
snmp-server view
The snmp-server view command defines an SNMPv2 MIB view. The no snmp-server view command removes the defined view.
Group Access
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage snmp-server view <word> [<oid-tree> | at | bgp | directory | docsif | dod | dot3 | dvmrp | egp | experimental | icmp | ifmib | igmp | interfaces | internet | ip | iso | mgmt | mib-2 | org | ospf | ppp | private | rip2 | riverdelta | security | snmp | snmpv2 | sonet | system | tcp | transmission | udp | vrrp ] {included | excluded}
no snmp-server view <word> [<oid-tree> | at | bgp | directory | docsif | dod | dot3 | dvmrp | egp | experimental | icmp | ifmib | igmp | interfaces | internet | ip | iso | mgmt | mib-2 | org | ospf | ppp | private | rip2 | riverdelta | security | snmp | snmpv2 | sonet | system | tcp | transmission | udp | vrrp ] {included | excluded}
Command Syntax
word used for reference identification to view record being generated or removed reference identification subtree of MIB view family name (ex: 1.3.6.1.= internet, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1 = system) AT MIB group BGP MIB group directory MIB group docsisIf MIB group DOD MIB group
oid-tree at bgp directory docsif dod
3-39
dot3 dvmrp egp experimental icmp ifmib igmp interfaces internet ip iso mgmt mib-2 org ospf ppp private rip2 riverdelta security snmp snmpv2 sonet system tcp
ether-like MIB group DVMRP MIB group EGP MIB group experimental MIB group ICMP MIB group ifMib MIB group IGMP MIB group interfaces MIB group internet MIB group IP MIB group ISO MIB group mgmt MIB group MIB-2 MIB group org MIB group OSPF MIB group PPP MIB group private MIB group RIP2 MIB group RiverDelta Networks proprietary MIB groups security MIB group SNMP MIB group SNMPv2 MIB group SONET MIB group System MIB group TCP MIB group
3-40
SNMP Commands
transmission udp vrrp included excluded
transmission MIB group UDP MIB group VRRP MIB group specifies MIB group is included from view specifies MIB group is excluded from view
Command Notes Other SNMP commands, such as snmp-server community, use the view to create records with a view.
Standard MIB groups, such as MIB-II, ip, and at, are built-in and can be specified with their string counterparts.
3-41
4
Debug Commands
Debug Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the debug commands supported by the BSR 64000. Debug commands help to isolate the source of a system failure. The output provides diagnostic information, protocol status, and network activity which can be used to diagnose and resolve networking problems.
4-1
Debug Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the debug commands supported by the BSR.
4-2
Debug Commands
debug arp
The debug arp command displays Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) information exchanges between the BSR and other devices on the network. The no debug arp command turns off ARP debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug arp no debug arp
4-3
debug cable err

The debug cable err command displays miscellaneous error conditions.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Privileged EXEC and Interface Configuration Command Line Usage
From Interface Configuration mode: debug cable err From Privileged EXEC mode: debug cable {<x/y>} err
Command Syntax
x y BSR 64000 chassis slot number of the CMTS module interface number
4-4
Debug Commands
debug cable keyman

The debug cable keyman command activates debugging of TEK and KEK baseline privacy key activity. The no debug cable keyman turns off this debugging operation.
Group Access
MSO
From Interface Configuration mode: debug cable keyman no debug cable keyman From Privileged EXEC mode: debug cable {<x/y>} keyman no debug cable {<x/y>} keyman
Command Syntax
4-5
debug cable mac

The debug cable mac command displays MAC-layer information.
Group Access
MSO
From Interface Configuration mode: debug cable mac From Privileged EXEC mode: debug cable {<x/y>} mac
Command Syntax
4-6
Debug Commands
debug cable map

The debug cable map command displays map debugging messages. The no debug cable map command turns off this debugging operation.
Group Access
MSO
From Interface Configuration mode: debug cable map no debug cable map From Privileged EXEC mode: debug cable {<x/y>} map no debug cable {<x/y>} map
Command Syntax
x y BSR chassis slot number of the CMTS module interface number
4-7
debug cable modem-select

The debug cable modem-select command lets you select a specific cable modem for debug tracing. The no debug cable modem-select command turns off this debugging operation.
Group Access
MSO
From Interface Configuration mode: debug cable modem-select <mac> no debug cable modem-select <mac> From Privileged EXEC mode: debug cable {<x/y>} modem-select <mac> no debug cable {<x/y>} modem-select <mac>
Command Syntax
mac x y MAC address of a specific cable modem BSR 64000 chassis slot number of the CMTS module interface number
4-8
Debug Commands
debug cable privacy

The debug cable privacy command activates debugging of baseline privacy. The no debug cable privacy command turns off this debugging operation.
Group Access
MSO
From Interface Configuration mode: debug cable privacy no debug cable privacy From Privileged EXEC mode: debug cable {<x/y>} privacy no debug cable {<x/y>} privacy
Command Syntax
4-9
debug cable qos

The debug cable qos command activates debugging of Quality of Service (QoS). The no debug cable qos command turns off this debugging operation.
Group Access
MSO
From Interface Configuration mode: debug cable qos no debug cable qos From Privileged EXEC mode: debug cable {<x/y>} qos no debug cable {<x/y>} qos
Command Syntax
4-10
Debug Commands
debug cable range

The debug cable range command displays ranging messages exchanged between cable modems and the CMTS. The no debug cable range command turns off this debugging operation.
Group Access
MSO
From Interface Configuration mode: debug cable range no debug cable range From Privileged EXEC mode: debug cable {<x/y>} range no debug cable {<x/y>} range
Command Syntax
4-11
debug cable reg

The debug cable reg command displays registration messages exchanged between cable modems and the CMTS. The no debug cable reg command turns off this debugging operation.
Group Access
MSO
From Interface Configuration mode: debug cable reg no debug cable reg From Privileged EXEC mode: debug cable {<x/y>} reg no debug cable {<x/y>} reg
Command Syntax
4-12
Debug Commands
debug cable ucc

The debug cable ucc command displays upstream channel change (UCC) messages generated when cable modems request or are assigned a new channel. The no debug cable ucc command turns of this debugging operation.
Group Access
MSO
From Interface Configuration mode: debug cable ucc no debug cable ucc From Privileged EXEC mode: debug cable {<x/y>} ucc no debug cable {<x/y>} ucc
Command Syntax
4-13
debug ip bgp
The debug ip bgp command displays Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) transactions. The no debug ip bgp command turns off this debugging operation. Use the debug ip bgp command to:

Group Access
ISP
Show events that change the state of the BGP session with any peer Show open messages sent and received between peers Show keepalive messages sent and received between peers Show update messages sent and received between peers including advertised routes and withdrawn routes Show notification messages sent and received between peers Troubleshoot BGP peer sessions and route exchanges
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip bgp <A.B.C.D> updates | dampening | events | keepalives | notifies | message-dump]
no debug ip bgp <A.B.C.D> updates | dampening | events | keepalives | notifies | message-dump]
4-14
Debug Commands
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D updates dampening events keepalives notifies message dump neighbor IP address to debug generates per update messages BGP dampening enables logging of BGP state transitions BGP keepalives BGP notification messages displays contents of messages
4-15
debug ip dvmrp
The debug ip dvmrp command displays information on Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (DVMRP) packets received and transmitted. The no debug ip dvmrp command turns off this debugging operation.
Note: The debug ip dvmrp command uses considerable bandwidth to output debugging information. This may interrupt router activities.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip dvmrp no debug ip dvmrp Command Default disabled
4-16
Debug Commands
debug ip icmp
The debug ip icmp command displays Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) information exchanges between the BSR and other devices on the network. The no debug ip icmp turns off ICMP debugging. Use the debug ip icmp command to deteremine whether the BSR is sending or receiving ICMP messages.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip icmp no debug ip icmp Command Default disabled
4-17
debug ip igmp
The debug ip igmp command displays all Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) packets, and all IGMP host-related actions. The no debug ip igmp command turns off the IGMP debugging. Use the debug ip igmp command to target IGMP protocol messages and mtrace messages.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip igmp no debug ip igmp Command Default disabled
4-18
Debug Commands
debug ip mfm
The debug ip mfm command displays Multicast Forwarding Manager (MFM) control packet activity. The no debug ip mfm command turns off MFM debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip mfm {all | general} no debug ip mfm {all | general} Command Syntax
all general all MFM processing information general, non-specific MFM application information
4-19
debug ip mrtm
The debug ip mrtm command displays changes made to the IP multicast routing table made by the Multicast Routing Table Manager. The no debug ip mrtm command turns off MRTM debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip mrtm {all | general} no debug ip mrtm {all | general} Command Syntax
all general all MRTM processing information general, non-specific MRTM application information
4-20
Debug Commands
debug ip ospf
The debug ip ospf command displays Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)-related activity. The no debug ip ospf command turns off OSPF-related debugging. Use the debug ip ospf command to turn on debugging for IP OSPF. The debug ip ospf command can be used to do the following:

Group Access
ISP
Confirm that the routers match the same IP mask Verify same hello interval Verify same dead interval Verify neighbors are part of the same area
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip ospf {adj | dr | lsa | packet | retransmission | events} no debug ip ospf {adj | dr | lsa | packet | retransmission | events}
4-21
Command Syntax
adj dr events lsa packet retransmission adjacencies designated router selection all OSPF actions are displayed in detail LSA exchange process each data packet received LSA retransmission process
4-22
Debug Commands
debug ip packet
The debug ip packet command displays general IP debugging information including packets received, generated, and forwarded. The no debug ip packet command turns IP debugging operations.
Note: The debug ip packet command uses considerable bandwidth to output debugging information. This may interrupt router activities.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip packet <1-199> | <1300-2699> | detail no debug ip packet Command Syntax
1-199 1300-2699 detail access list number extended access list number display more detailed IP packet; debugging information
4-23
debug ip policy
The debug ip policy command displays IP policy routing packet activity. The debug ip policy command displays information about whether a packet matches the routing policy criteria and the resulting routing information for the packet.The no debug ip policy command turns off IP policy debugging.
Note: The debug ip policy command usesconsiderable bandwidth to output debugging information. This may interrupt router activities.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip policy no debug ip policy Command Default disabled
4-24
Debug Commands
debug ppp fsm

The debug ppp fsm command turns debugging on for the PPP finite state machine (FSM). The no debug ppp fsm command turns off PPP FSM debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ppp fsm no debug ppp fsm Command Default disabled
4-25
debug ppp packet

The debug ppp packet command displays PPP packets being transmitted and received. The no debug ppp packet command turns off PPP debugging. The debug ppp packet command to displays low-level packet dumps and is usefull in identifying the following information and error conditions:

Group Access
ISP
Network Control Protocols (NCPs) that are supported on either end of a PPP connection any loops that might exist in a PPP internetwork nodes that are (or are not) properly negotiating PPP connections errors that have occurred over the PPP connection
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ppp packet no debug ppp packet Command Default disabled
4-26
Debug Commands
debug ip redistribute
The debug ip redistribute command displays route redistribution information from one routing domain to another routing domain. The no debug ip redistribute command turns off IP redistribute debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip redistribute to {all | bgp | isis | ospf | rip} from {all | bgp | connected | ospf | rip | static}
no debug ip redistribute to {all | bgp | isis | ospf | rip} from {all | bgp | connected | ospf | rip | static}
Command Syntax
to all bgp isis ospf rip from all bgp connected to protocols all supported protocols routes redistributed into BGP routes redistributed from IS-IS routes redistributed into OSPF routes redistributed into RIP from protocols all supported protocols routes redistributed from BGP routes redistributed connected
4-27
isis ospf rip static
routes redistributed from IS-IS routes redistributed from OSPF routes redistributed from RIP routes redistributed static
4-28
Debug Commands
debug ip rip
The debug ip rip command displays Routing Information Protocol (RIP) send and receive information. The no debug ip rip turns off RIP debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip rip [database | events | trigger] no debug ip rip [database | events | trigger] Command Syntax
database events trigger
RIP database events RIP protocol events RIP triggered events
4-29
debug ip rip database

The debug ip rip database command displays information on RIP route entry events; additions, deletions, and changes. The no debug ip rip database command turns off RIP database debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip rip database no debug ip rip database
4-30
Debug Commands
debug ip rip events

The debug ip rip events command displays information on RIP-related events. The no debug ip rip events turns off RIP-related event debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip rip events no debug ip rip events Command Default disabled
4-31
debug ip rip trigger

The debug ip rip trigger command displays RIP routing events that occur as a result of RIP trigger extensions. The no debug ip rip trigger command turns off RIP triggered events debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip rip trigger no debug ip rip trigger Command Default disabled
4-32
Debug Commands
debug ip tcp transactions

The debug ip tcp transactions command displays information on significant
TCP activity such as state changes, retransmissions, and duplicate packets.

The no debug tcp transactions command turns off TCP debugging.
Note: The debug ip tcp transactions command reports output for packets the BSR 64000 transmits and receives, but does not display output for packets it forwards.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip tcp transactions no debug ip tcp transactions Command Default disabled
4-33
debug ip udp
The debug ip udp command displays UDP-based transactions.The debug output shows whether packets are being received from the host. The no debug ip udp command turns off UDP debugging.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes except User EXEC
Command Line Usage debug ip udp [dhcp [<mac>]] no debug ip udp [dhcp [<mac>]] Command Syntax
dhcp mac display Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) packet information client hardware/MAC address in the form of xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
4-34
Debug Commands
debug radius
The debug radius command displays RADIUS client authentication transactions. The no debug radius command turns off RADIUS debugging.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug radius no debug radius
4-35
debug ip vrrp
The debug ip vrrp command displays Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) transactions. The no debug ip vrrp command turns off VRRP debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug ip vrrp no debug ip vrrp Command Default disabled
4-36
Debug Commands
debug snmp
The debug snmp command display detailed information about every SNMP packet transmitted or received by the BSR 64000. The no debug snmp command turns off SNMP debugging.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes Command Line Usage debug snmp {headers | packets} no debug snmp {headers | packets} Command Syntax
headers packets display SNMP packet headers display SNMP packets
4-37
debug sntp
The debug sntp command displays information on Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) activity. The no debug sntp command turns off SNTP debugging.
Group Access
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug sntp no debug sntp
4-38
Debug Commands
debug specmgr
The debug specmgr command enables the display of spectrum management debugging messages. The command output displays a time stamp, the error rate, the number of word errors, total word count, and the upstream noise power level in one-tenth of a dBmV. The no debug specmgr stops displaying spectrum management debugging messages.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage debug specmgr [cable <x/y> | upstream | <0-3>] no debug specmgr [cable <x/y> | upstream | <0-3>] Command Syntax
cable x y upstream 0-3
display cable information BSR 64000 chassis slot number of the CMTS module interface number display upstream information upstream port number
4-39
debug tunnel
The debug tunnel command displays IP-in-IP encapsulated packets as they are tranmitted and received on a tunnel interface in real time and displays debugging information on the tunnel interface. The no debug tunnel command turns off tunnel debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage debug tunnel no debug tunnel Command Default disabled
4-40
Debug Commands
show debugging
The show debugging command displays enabled debugging operations and other types of debugging functions on the system.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show debugging [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] <WORD> Command Syntax
4-41
undebug all
The undebug all command disables all debugging functions on the system.
Group Access
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage undebug all
4-42
5
Introduction
This chapter describes the access list commands used with the BSR 64000. Access lists are used on the BSR to control entry or exit access to or from the BSR. Access lists are also used within a route-map statement that is part of the routing configuration. Access lists can be configured for all routed network protocols to filter packets as the packets pass through the BSR. The access list criteria can be defined by the source or the destination address, upper-layer protocol, or other routing information. There are many reasons to configure access lists including to restrict contents of routing updates or to provide traffic flow control. One of the most important reasons to configure access lists is to provide a basic level of security on the network. All packets passing through the BSR can be allowed onto all parts of the network if an access list is not part of the router configuration.
5-1
Access List Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the access list commands supported by the BSR.
5-2
access-list (standard)
The access-list (standard) command defines a standard access list to configure and control the flow of routing information and traffic by matching a packet with a permit or deny result. The no access-list command deletes the access-list. Use the access-list command to restrict routing update information; control the transmission of packets on an interface, or control virtual terminal line access.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage access-list <1-99> <1300-1999> {deny | permit} {<A.B.C.D> [<A.B.C.D>] | any | host <A.B.C.D>}
no access-list <1-99> <1300-1999>
Command Syntax
1-99 1300-1999 deny permit A.B.C.D A.B.C.D any host A.B.C.D standard access list standard IP access list (expanded range)
deny access if conditions are matched permit access if conditions are matched
address to match wildcard bits any source host a single source host
5-3
access-list (extended)
The access-list (extended) command defines an extended access list to configure and control the flow of routing information and traffic by matching a packet with a permit or deny result. The no access-list command deletes the access-list. Use the access-list command to restrict routing update information; control the transmission of packets on an interface, or control virtual terminal line access.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage

To configure an extended access list for AHP, ESP, GRE, IP, IPINIP, OSPF, PCP, PIM, and VRRP, use the following command: access-list <100-199> <2000-2699> {deny | permit} {<0-255> | ahp | esp | gre | ip | ipinip | ospf | pcp | pim | vrrp} {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>} (<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>}
To configure an extended access list for ICMP, use the following command: access-list <100-199> <2000-2699> {deny | permit} icmp {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>} (<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>} [<0-255> | administratively-prohibited | alternate-address | dod-host-prohibited | dod-net-prohibited | echo | echo-reply | general-parameter-problem | host-isolated | host-precedence-unreachable | host-redirect | host-tos-redirect | host-tos-unreachable | host-unknown | host-unreachable | information-reply | information-request | mask-reply | mask-request | net-redirect | net-tos-redirect | net-tos-unreachable | net-unreachable | network-unknown | no-room-for-option | option-missing | packet-too-big | parameter-problem | port-unreachable | precedence-unreachable | protocol-unreachable | reassembly-timeout | redirect | router-advertisement | router-solicitation | source-quench | source-route-failed | time-exceeded | timestamp-reply | timestamp-request | ttl-exceeded | unreachable]
5-4
To configure an extended access list for IGMP, use the following command: access-list <100-199> <2000-2699> {deny | permit} igmp {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>} (<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>} [<0-255> | dvmrp | host-query | host-report | pim ]
To configure an extended access list for TCP, use the following command: access-list <100-199> <2000-2699> {deny | permit} tcp {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>} (<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>} [eq [<0-65535> | bgp | chargen | cmd | daytime | discard | domain | echo | exec | finger | ftp | ftp-data | gopher | hostname | ident | irc | klogin | kshell | login | lpd | nntp | pim-auto-rp | pop2 | pop3 | smtp | sunrpc | talk | telnet | time | uucp | whois | www ]]
To configure an extended access list for UDP, use the following command: access-list <100-199> <2000-2699> {deny | permit} udp {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>} (<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>} [eq [<0-65535> | biff | bootpc | discard | domain | echo | mobile-ip | netbios-dgm | netbios-ns | netbios-ss | ntp | pim-auto-rp | rip | snmp | snmptrap | sunrpc | syslog | talk | tftp | time | who | xdmcp ]]
To remove an access list, use the following command: no access-list <100-199> <2000-2699>
Command Syntax
100-199 2000-2699 deny extended access list extended IP access list (expanded range)
deny access if conditions are matched
5-5
permit 0-255 ahp esp gre icmp igmp ip ipinip ospf pcp pim tcp udp vrrp A.B.C.D A.B.C.D any host A.B.C.D A.B.C.D A.B.C.D any host A.B.C.D
permit access if conditions are matched name or number of an IP protocol
source address source wildcard bits any source host a single source host destination address destination wildcard bits any destination host a single destination host
5-6
0-255 administratively-prohibited alternate-address dod-host-prohibited dod-net-prohibited echo echo-reply general-parameter-problem host-isolated host-precedence-unreachable host-redirect host-tos-redirect host-tos-unreachable host-unknown host-unreachable information-reply information-request mask-reply mask-request net-redirect net-tos-redirect net-tos-unreachable net-unreachable network-unknown no-room-for-option option-missing packet-too-big parameter-problem port-unreachable precedence-unreachable protocol-unreachable reassembly-timeout redirect router-advertisement router-solicitation source-quench source-route-failed time-exceeded
filter ICMP packets by message type (0-255) or message type name
5-7
timestamp-reply timestamp-request ttl-exceeded unreachable 0-255 dvmrp host-query host-report pim eq 0-65535 bgp chargen cmd daytime discard domain echo exec finger ftp ftp-data gopher hostname ident irc klogin kshell login lpd nntp pim-auto-rp pop2 pop3 filter IGMP packets by message type (0-255) or message type name
only match packets on a given TCP or UDP port number or name the number or name of a TCP port
5-8
smtp sunrpc talk telnet time uucp whois www 0-65535 biff bootpc discard domain echo mobile-ip netbios-dgm netbios-ns netbios-ss ntp pim-auto-rp rip snmp snmptrap sunrpc syslog talk tftp time who xdmcp the number or name of a UDP port
5-9
ip access-group
Use the ip access-group command to assign an access list to an interface and determine if the interface accepts inbound or outbound packets, or both from this access list. The no ip access-group command removes the access list or disables inbound or outbound packets.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip access-group <1-199> <1300-2699> {in | out} no ip access-group <1-199> <1300-2699> {in | out} Command Syntax
1-199 1300-2699 in out
access list number access list number (expanded range) inbound packets outbound packets
5-10
ip access-list
The ip access-list command add a standard or extended access-group entry.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip access-list {standard <1-99> | extended <100-199>} Command Syntax
standard 1-99 extended 100-199
standard access list number extended access list number
5-11
show access-lists
The show access-lists command displays an access list, or all access lists, without displaying the entire configuration file.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show access-lists [<1-199> <1300-2699>] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] <WORD> Command Syntax
1-199 1300-2699 | begin exclude include WORD access list number access list number (expanded range) turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
Command Default All access lists are displayed.
5-12
show ip access-lists
The show ip access-lists command displays an abbreviated syntax of all IP access lists, or a specified access list on the BSR.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All, except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip access-lists [<1-199> <1300-2699>] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] <WORD> Command Syntax
1-199 1300-2699 | begin exclude include WORD access list number access list number (expanded range) turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
Command Default All standard and extended IP access lists are displayed.
5-13
6
Introduction
This chapter contains the Routing Policy and Policy-Based Routing commands used with the BSR 64000. Routing Policy allows the control of information that is imported from or exported into different routing domains or Autonomous Systems (AS). BSR Routing Policy allows the filtering and altering of routing information so that some of them can be advertised to other routers. The BSR Routing Policy is quite versatile and flexible. The BSR also supports Policy-based routing. The BSR also supports Policy-based routing is a set of rules that define the criteria for obtaining specific routing paths for different users to give some users better-routed Internet connections than others. Policy-based routing is established by the source information of the packets, rather than the destination information that traditional routing protocols use. The network administrator determines and implements routing policies to allow or deny router paths.
6-1
Routing Policy Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the routing policy commands supported by the BSR.
6-2
The default-information originate command injects the default network in a routing domain such as Border Gateway Patrol (BGP).The no default-information originate command disables the default network redistribution in the routing domain. The network 0.0.0.0 command in Router Configuration mode performs the same function as the default-information originate command. In the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) the metric is always set to 1. In BGP, the default route needs to exist in the BGP routing database. BGP uses the metric associated with the default entry in its database.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage default-information originate [always] [metric <0-16777214>] [metric-type <1-2>]
no default-information originate [always] [metric <0-16777214>] [metric-type <1-2>]
Command Syntax
originate software generates a default external route into an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) domain to propagate another route if a default route exists advertises the default route even when the default route does not exist (OSPF only)
always
6-3
metric 0-16777214
metric for generating the default route, default is 1 if no metric-value value specified (OSPF only) 1- external type 1 (OSPF only) 2- external type 2 (OSPF only)
metric-type 1-2
6-4
default-metric
The default-metric command sets the default metric value for redistribution of routes from one domain into another. The no default-metric command removes the set default value for metric. Use the default-metric command with the redistribute command to enforce the same metric value for all redistributed routes.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage default-metric <1-4294967295> no default-metric [<1-4294967295>] Command Syntax
1-4294967295 default metric value; the range of values depends on the routing protocol for which this is configured; for RIP 1 to 16, OSPF and BGP from 1 to 4294967295
Command Default A built-in automatic metric translation for each routing protocol
6-5
ip policy route-map
The ip policy route-map command identifies the route-map used on an interface to perform policy-based routing. The no ip policy route-map command removes the route-map on an interface, and disables policy-based routing on that interface. Use the ip policy route-map command for paths other than the shortest path. This command has associated match and set commands: match commands specify policy routing rules, set commands perform tasks
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip policy route-map <WORD> no ip policy route-map <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD route-map name that must match a specified map tag
Command Default No policy routing
6-6
match ip address
The match ip address command matches the destination and source IP address or other fields of the IP header on packets with a standard or extended access list allocated. The no match ip address command disables policy routing on packets. This command can also be used for filtering routes based on the destination network of the route. Use match ip address command to match any routes that have a source network number and a destination network number address that a standard or extended access list permits. To match both source and destination numbers, use an extended access list. The match ip address command can also be used to filter routing information.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Route Map Configuration Command Line Usage match ip address [<1-199> | <1300-2699>] no match ip address [<1-199> | <1300-2699>]
Command Syntax
1-199 1300-2699 standard access list number extended access list number
6-7
match ip next-hop
The match ip next-hop command establishes the condition for the next hop IP address of a route to match against the specified access lists. The no match ip next-hop command removes the access-list from the match condition. Use the match ip next-hop command to match any routes that have a next-hop router address permitted one of the specified access lists.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Route Map Configuration Command Line Usage match ip next-hop [<1-199> | <1300-2699>] no match ip next-hop [<1-199> | <1300-2699>]
Command Syntax
6-8
match ip route-source
The match ip route-source command specifies match conditions for the source IP address of a route to match against the specified address list(s). The no match ip route-source command removes access lists from such a match statement. The match ip route-source command is used to match routes where source IP addresses are permitted by specified access lists.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Route-map Configuration Command Line Usage match ip route-source [<1-199> | <1300-2699>] no match ip route-source [<1-199> | <1300-2699>]
Command Syntax
6-9
match metric
The match metric command matches routes imported or otherwise with specified metric value. The no match metric command disables matching imported routes with specified metric values. Use the match metric command to match a route for the specified metric value(s).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Route-map Configuration Command Line Usage match metric [<0-4294967295>] no match metric [<0-4294967295>]
Command Syntax
0-4294967295 metric value
6-10
match route-type external

The match route-type external command is used to match the type of OSPF routes. The no match route-type external clears the match condition.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Route-map Configuration Command Line Usage match route-type external [level-1 | level-2 | type-1 | type-2] no match route-type external [level-1 | level-2 | type-1 | type-2]
Command Syntax
type 1 type 2 level-1 level-2 matches only type 1 external route (OSPF) matches only type 2 external route (OSPF) IS-IS level-1 route IS-IS level-2 route
6-11
match route-type internal

The match route-type internal command matches and redistributes OSPF routes of an internal type. The no match route-type internal command clears the condition.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Route-map Configuration Command Line Usage match route-type internal [level-1 | level-2] no match route-type internal [level-1 | level-2]
Command Syntax
level-1 level-2 IS-IS level-1 route IS-IS level-2 route
6-12
route-map
The route-map command defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one protocol to another, or to configure routing policies. The no route-map command removes some or all of the instances of the route map. Use the route-map command and the match and set commands, to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another, or for accepting routes from a neighboring router. Each route-map command has an associated list of match and set commands. The match commands specify the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route-map, or an instance. The set commands specify the redistribution set actions when all of a route-maps match criteria are met. When all match criteria are met, all set actions are performed.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage route-map <WORD> [permit | deny] [0-65535] no route-map <WORD> [permit | deny] [0-65535]
6-13
Command Syntax
WORD permit tag name, more than one instance of the route-map can share name distributes route as controlled by set actions when permit is specified and the match criteria are met, the route is specified by the specific actions distributes route as controlled by set actions, if criteria not met, route not distributed position a new instance will have in the list of route-map instances already established with the same map name.
deny 0-65535
6-14
set metric
The set metric command sets the metric value for a routing protocol. The no set metric command changes the metric value for a routing protocol to the default value.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Route Map Configuration Command Line Usage set metric <0-4294967295> no set metric <0-4294967295> Command Syntax
0-4294967295 metric value or bandwidth in Kbytes per second
Command Default Metric value dynamically learned or a default value
6-15
set metric-type
The set metric-type command sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol. The no set metric-type command disables the metric type set for the destination routing protocol. Use the route-map command to set the type of metric for the route imported by OSPF into its domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Route Map Configuration Command Line Usage set metric-type {external | internal | type-1 | type-2} no set metric-type {external | internal | type-1 | type-2} Command Syntax
external internal type-1 type-2 IS-IS external metric use IGP metric as the MED for BGP OSPF external type 1 metric OSPF external type 2 metric
6-16
show ip redistribute
The show redistribute command displays the routing protocols that are being redistributed to other routing domains.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip redistribute [bgp | isis | ospf | rip] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] <WORD> Command Syntax
bgp isis ospf rip | begin exclude
displays routing domains redistributed into BGP displays routing domains redistributed into ISIS displays routing domains redistributed into OSPF displays routing domains redistributed into RIP turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string
6-17
include WORD
6-18
show route-map
The show route-map command displays route maps.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All except User EXEC Command Line Usage show route-map [<WORD>] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD | begin exclude include WORD specified route-map turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
6-19
7
RIP Commands
RIP Commands
Introduction
This chapter contains the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) commands used with the BSR 64000. RIP exchanges routing information to resolve routing errors. RIP coordinates routers on the network to broadcast their routing database periodically and determine the route with the least number of hops relative to the active routing table. Each hop determination message lists each destination with a distance in number of hops to the destination.
7-1
RIP Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the RIP commands supported by the BSR.
7-2
RIP Commands
auto-summary
The auto-summary command restores automatic summarization of subnet routes into network-level routes. The no auto summary command disables automatic summarization.
Note: RIP Version 1 always uses automatic summarization. RIP Version 2 when routing between disconnected subnets, requires automatic summarization to be off which is the default state.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration
Command Line Usage auto summary no auto summary

7-3
The default-information originate command generates a default route into the RIP database. The no default-information originate command disables default route generation.
Group Access
ISP
Command Line Usage default-information originate no default-information originate

7-4
RIP Commands
default-metric
The default-metric command specifies a new RIP default metric value. The no metric command returns the metric value to the default. Use the default-metric command to set the current protocol to the same metric value for all distributed routes. The default-metric command is used with the redistribute command to obtain the same metric value for all distributed protocol-specific routes.
Note: This command assures that metrics are compatible during route redistribution. The default metric delivers an alternate for successful distribution if the network metrics are not converted.
Group Access
ISP
Command Line Usage default metric <1-16> no default metric <1-16>

Command Syntax
1-16 the metric value
Command Default automatic metric translations given for each routing protocol
7-5
distance
The distance command sets the administrative distances for routes. The no distance command disables the administrative distance for routes.
Group Access
ISP
Command Line Usage distance <1-255> no distance <1-255>

Command Syntax
1-255 administrative distance for setting routes
Command Default 120
7-6
RIP Commands
distribute-list in
The distribute-list in command filters networks received in routing updates. The no distribute-list in command changes or cancels the filters received in updates.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage distribute-list <1-199> <1300-2699> in no distribute-list <1-199> <1300-2699> in
Command Syntax
1-199 1300-2699 in access list number extended access list number applies access list to incoming route updates
7-7
distribute-list out
The distribute-list out command prevents networks from being advertised in updates. The no distribute-list out command enables update advertisements. Use the distribute-list out command to apply the access list to outgoing route updates.
Group Access
ISP
Command Line Usage distribute-list <1-199> <1300-2699> out no distribute-list <1-199> <1300-2699> out
Command Syntax
access-list number out predefined access list number applies access list to outgoing route updates
7-8
RIP Commands
ip rip authentication key

The ip rip authentication key command enables RIP authentication on an interface by specifying a password or group of passwords that can be used on that interface. The no rip authentication key command deletes the associated password(s).
Note: Only RIP version 2 supports authentication.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration
Command Line Usage ip rip authentication key <Password> no ip rip authentication key Command Syntax
Password a plain text password with a 16 character maximum
7-9
iip rip receive version

The ip rip receive version command configures an interface to only receive packets from a specific version of the RIP protocol. Use the ip rip receive version command to configure the interface to receive one or both RIP versions. The no ip rip receive version command resets the RIP protocol version to RIP version 1 and 2.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip rip receive version {0, 1, 2} no ip rip receive version {0, 1, 2}
Command Syntax
0 1 2 RIP version 1 and 2 RIP version 1 only RIP version 2 only
Command Default 0
7-10
RIP Commands
ip rip send version

The ip rip receive version command configures an interface to only transmit packets from a specific version of the RIP protocol. Use the ip rip receive version command to configure the interface to transmit one or both RIP versions. The no ip rip receive version command resets the RIP protocol version to RIP version 2.
Group Access
ISP
Command Line Usage ip rip send version {0, 1, 2, 3} no ip rip send version {0, 1, 2, 3}
Command Syntax
0 1 2 3 RIP 2 compatible RIP version 1 only RIP version 2 only none
Command Default 2
7-11
ip split-horizon
The ip split-horizon command blocks route information from being advertised by a router out any interface from which that information originated. Enabling split-horizon optimizes communications among multiple routers, particularly when links are broken. The no ip split-horizon disables split-horizin.
Group Access
ISP
Command Line Usage ip split-horizon no ip split-horizon

Command Default enabled
7-12
RIP Commands
network
The RIP version of the network command enables networks for the routing process. The no network command disables networks for the RIP routing process.
Note: If a network with RIP is not specified, the system does not advertise the network in any RIP routes.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage network <A.B.C.D> [<A.B.C.D>] no network <A.B.C.D [<A.B.C.D>]
Command Syntax
<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> IP address of directly connected networks associated IP address of the removed routes, subnet mask
7-13
offset-list
The offset-list command adds an offset to incoming and outgoing metrics to routes learned via RIP. The offset value is added to the routing metric. An offset-list with an interface slot/port is considered extended and takes precedence over an offset-list that is not extended. The no offset-list command removes the offset for incoming and outgoing metrics to routes learned via RIP.
Group Access
ISP
Command Line Usage offset-list {1-99} [any] {in | out} <0-16> [cable | ethernet | gigaether | pos] [<x/y>] no offset-list {1-99} [any] {in | out} <0-16> [cable | ethernet | gigaether | pos] [<x/y>]
Command Syntax
1-99 any in out 0-16 standard access-list-number, if 0, no action is taken apply offset to all networks apply the offset to incoming metrics apply the offset list to outgoing metrics positive offset to be applied to metrics for networks matching the access list, if set to 0, no action is taken Cable interface Ethernet interface Gigabit Ethernet interface
cable ethernet gigaether
7-14
RIP Commands
pos x/y
POS interface BSR 64000 chassis slot number and port number to which the offset-list is applied
7-15
output-delay
The output-delay command changes the inter-packet delay for RIP updates to ensure that transmitted information is received by lower-speed routers. The no output delay command removes the inter-packet delay for RIP updates.
Note: This command helps prevent the loss of routing table information.
Group Access
ISP
Command Line Usage output-delay <8-50> no output delay <8-50>

Command Syntax
8-50 time, in milliseconds, of multiple-packet RIP update
Command Default 0
7-16
RIP Commands
passive-interface
The passive-interface command disables an interface from sending route updates by prohibiting packets from being transmitted from a specified port. When disabled, the subnet continues advertising to other interfaces. The no passive-interface command enables the interface to send route updates.
Group Access
ISP
Command Line Usage passive-interface {cable | default | ethernet | gigaether | pos} <x/y> no passive-interface {cable | default | ethernet | gigaether | pos} <x/y>
Command Syntax
cable default ethernet gigaether pos x/y Cable interface suppresses routing updates on all interfaces Ethernet interface Gigabit Ethernet interface POS interface BSR 64000 slot and port number
7-17
redistribute
The redistribute command redistributes routes from one protocol domain to another routing domain. The no redistribute command disables route distribution from one protocol domain to another routing domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage redistribute {bgp | connected | isis [match {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2}] | ospf [match {internal | external | external 1 | external 2}] | static} [metric <1-16>] [route-map <WORD>]
no redistribute {bgp | connected | isis [match {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2}] | ospf [match {internal | external | external 1 | external 2}] | static} [metric <1-16>] [route-map <WORD>]
Command Syntax
bgp connected isis level-1 level-1-2 level-2
BGP source protocol established routes as result of IP enabled on an interface IS-IS source protocol specifies that IS-IS Level 1 routes are redistributed into RIP independently. specifies that IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2 routes are redistributed into RIP. specifies that IS-IS Level 2 routes are redistributed into RIP independently.
7-18
RIP Commands
ospf match internal external
OSPF source protocol the criteria by which OSPF routes are redistributed into RIP. routes that are internal to an autonomous system routes external to an autonomous system, but are imported into OSPF as either Type 1 or Type 2 external route routes that are external to an autonomous system, but are imported into OSPF as Type 1 external route routes that are external to an autonomous system, but are imported into OSPF as Type 2 external route IP or RIP static routes metric used for the redistributed route. the RIP default metric route-map used to conditionally control the route redistribution the name of the route-map
external 1
external 2
static metric 1-16 route-map WORD
7-19
router rip
The router rip command enables the routing process for RIP. The no router rip command disable the RIP routing process.
Group Access
ISP
Command Line Usage router rip no router rip
7-20
RIP Commands
show ip rip database

The show ip rip database command displays RIP database routing table information.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC
Command Line Usage show ip rip database [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] <WORD> Command Syntax
7-21
timers basic
The timers basic command configures RIP network timers. The no timers basic command resets the network timer default.
Group Access
ISP
Command Line Usage timers basic <update> <invalid> <flush> no timers basic <num:0,2147483648> <num:1,2147483648> <num:1,2147483648>
7-22
RIP Commands
Command Syntax update
clocks interval between periodic routing updates, generally set to 30 seconds, small number of seconds added every time the timer is sent to prevent collisions. 1-4294967295
Rate (in seconds) at which updates are sent. This is the fundamental timing parameter of the routing protocol. The default is 30 seconds.
7-23
invalid
interval in seconds, routing updates 1-4294967295
Interval of time (in seconds) after which a route is declared invalid; it should be at least three times the value of the update argument. A route becomes invalid when there is an absence of updates that refresh the route. The route then enters into a holddown state. The route is marked inaccessible and advertised as unreachable. However, the route is still used for forwarding packets. The default is 180 seconds.
flush number of seconds used before route removed from routing 1-4294967295
Amount of time (in seconds) that must pass before the route is removed from the routing table; the interval specified should be greater than the value of the invalid argument. If it is less than this sum, the proper holddown interval cannot elapse, which results in a new route being accepted before the holddown interval expires. The default is 240 seconds.
Command Default update, 30 timeout, 180 flush, 300 table
7-24
RIP Commands
version
The version command specifies the routing RIP version. The no version command disables the routing RIP version and resets the default. Use the ip rip receive version and the ip rip send version commands to specify versions per interface. Note: The basic timers for RIP are adjustable, but must be the same for all routers and servers on the network to execute a distributed, asynchronous routing algorithm. When the route-timeout timer expires, the route is marked invalid but is retained in the table until the route-flush timer expires.
Group Access
ISP
Command Line Usage version {1 | 2} no version

Command Syntax
1 2 RIP version 1 RIP version 2
Command Default RIP receives version 1 and 2, but sends only version 1
7-25
8
OSPF Commands
OSPF Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) commands used with the BSR 64000. OSPF is a link-state routing protocol that runs internally to a single Autonomous System, such as an enterprise network. At the core of the OSPF protocol is a distributed, replicated link-state database. OSPF specifies a Link-state Advertisements (LSAs) that allow OSPF routers to update each other about the LAN and WAN links to which they connected. OSPF ensures that each OSPF router has an identical link-state database, except during period of convergence. Using the link-state database, each OSPF router calculates its IP routing table with the best routes through the network.
8-1
OSPF Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the OSPF commands supported by the BSR.
8-2
OSPF Commands
area authentication
Use the area authentication command to enable authentication for an OSPF area to Type 1, simple password, as specified in RFC 1247, while specification of Type 0 is assumed. Authentication type must match all routers and access servers in a particular area. The no authentication command disables authentication for the specified OSPF area. Note: Ensure that the ip ospf authentication-key command is used to specify a password, which must be the same for all OSPF routers on a network, for communication to take place before the area authentication command is issued. If area authentication is enabled with MD5 authentication message-digest keyword, which is a type of password that must be configured using the ip ospf message-digest-key command.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} authentication [message-digest] no area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} authentication [message-digest] no area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} Command Syntax
area-id ip-address message-digest OSPF area ID number. OSPF area ID in IP address format Enables MD5 authentication only on the area specified by the area ID or IP address.
Command Default No authentication
8-3
area default-cost
Use the area default-cost command to specify a cost metric for the default summary route sent into the stub area by an area border router (ABR) only. The no area default-cost command removes the specified cost for the default summary route sent into a stub area.
Note: The area stub command is used in conjunction with the area default-cost command to define a specified area as a stub area for all routers and access servers attached to the area.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} default-cost <cost> no area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} default-cost <cost> Command Syntax
area-id ip-address cost OSPF area ID number. IP address associated with the OSPF area ID. Outgoing OSPF cost metric for packets sent from an interface, which is an unsigned 16-bit integer from 0 to 65535.
8-4
OSPF Commands
area nssa
Use the area nssa command to configure an area as a Not So Stubby Area (NSSA). The no nssa command removes the NSSA configuration of an area.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} nssa [default-information-originate] [no-redistribution] [no-summary]
no area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} nssa [default-information-originate] [no-redistribution] [no-summary] no area {<area-id> | <ip-address>}
Command Syntax
area-id ip-address OSPF area ID number. OSPF area ID in IP address format.
default-information-originate Originates a Type 7 default into the NSSA area on an NSSA Area Border Router (ABR) only. no-redistribution When router is NSSA ABR, the redistribute command imports routes into normal areas, but not into the NSSA area. Does not send summary LSAs into NSSA.
no-summary
Command Default No NSSA area is defined.
8-5
area range
Use the area range command to consolidate routes for an Area Border Router (ABR) only by advertising a single summary route that is advertised for each address range that is external to the area. The no area range command removes summarized routes for the ABR.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} range <ip-match> <mask> [advertise | not-advertise | <cr>] no area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} range <ip-match> <mask> [advertise | not-advertise | <cr>] no area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} Command Syntax
area-id ip-address ip-match mask advertise OSPF area ID number. IP address associated with the OSPF area ID. IP address to match. Subnet mask. Sets address range status to advertise, generates a Type 3 summary LSA.
8-6
OSPF Commands
not-advertise
Sets address range status to DoNotAdvertise, Type 3 summary LSA is suppressed, and the component networks remain hidden from other networks. Command return is used to accept the ranged without specifying that it be advertised or suppressed.
cr
8-7
area stub
Use the area stub command to configure an OSPF area as a stub area. A stub area allows a default route, intra-area routes, and inter-area routes, but disallows autonomous system (AS) external routes, virtual links, and Autonomous System Boundary Router (ASBR) routes.
Note: If there is more than one router within a stub area, ensure that the area that you are creating as a stub area is defined as a stub area on each of these routers.
The optional area stub no-summary command argument is used to prevent an area border router (ABR) from sending further Type 3 link-state advertisements (LSAs) into the stub area. Use the no area stub command to return the area that you defined as a stub area to a non-stub OSPF area.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router configuration Command Line Usage area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} stub [no-summary] no area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} stub no area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} Command Syntax
area-id OSPF area ID number.
8-8
OSPF Commands
ip-address no-summary
IP address associated with the OSPF area ID. Prevents ABR from sending summary link advertisements into the stub area.
8-9
area virtual-link
Use the area virtual link command to create a virtual link that connects an OSPF area to the backbone area (area 0.0.0.0) without being physically connected to the OSPF backbone area. Use the no area virtual-link command to delete the defined OSPF virtual link.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} virtual-link <router-id> [hello-interval <seconds>] [retransmit-interval <seconds>] [transmit-delay <seconds>] [dead-interval <seconds>] [authentication-key <password> | message-digest-key <key-id>]
no area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} virtual-link <router-id> [hello-interval <interval>] [retransmit-interval <interval>] [transmit-delay <transmit-delay>] [dead-interval <dead-interval>] [authentication-key <password> | message-digest-key <key-id>]
Command Syntax
area-id ip-address router-id hello-interval <seconds> OSPF area ID number. IP address associated with the OSPF area ID. Router ID IP address that associated with the virtual link neighbor, 32-bit address. Time in seconds between hello packets on an interface, value must be the same for all routers and access servers attached to a common network.
8-10
OSPF Commands
retransmit-interval <seconds> transmit-delay <seconds> dead-interval <seconds>
Expected round-trip delay between two routers on the attached network, value must be more than expected delay. Approximate time to transmit an LSA packet. Number of seconds that the router does not receive hello packets from its neighbor before declaring the neighbor is down. Unencrypted cleartext password that is 1 to 8 characters in length.
authentication-key <password>
message-digest-key <key-id> OSPF MD5 authentication key.
Command Default
area-id ip-address router-id hello-interval seconds retransmit-interval transmit-delay seconds dead-interval seconds authentication-key <password> message-digest-key <key-id> None. None. None. 10 seconds. 5 seconds. 1 second. 40 seconds. None None.
8-11
auto-cost reference-bandwidth
The BSR OSPF routing process calculates the OSPF cost metric for an interface according to the bandwidth of this interface. The cost of an interface depends on the type of interface. OSPF uses a reference bandwidth of 100 Mbps for cost
calculation. The formula to calculate the cost is the reference bandwidth divided by interface bandwidth.
Use the auto-cost reference-bandwidth command to set the automatic cost metric that the OSPF routing process uses to differentiate the cost of multiple high-bandwidth links. Use the no auto-cost reference-bandwidth command to remove the OSPF cost metric for a link.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage auto-cost reference-bandwidth <ref-bw> no auto-cost reference-bandwidth <ref-bw> Command Syntax
ref-bw The reference bandwitdth from 1 to 4292967 Mbps.
Command Default The ref-bw is 108.
8-12
OSPF Commands
auto-virtual-link
Use the auto-virtual-link command to automatically detect and create OSPF virtual links. The no auto-virtual-link command disables automatic detection and creation of OSPF virtual links.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage auto-virtual-link no auto-virtual-link Command Default Disabled.
8-13
The default-information originate command generates a default route into an OSPF routing domain by configuring the metric for redistributed routes and is used with the redistribute command to redistribute routes into an OSPF routing domain so they are included in an automatic Autonomous System Border Router (ASBR) summary. The no default-information originate command removes default routes from the OSPF routing domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage default-information originate [always] [metric <value>] [metric-type <num:1,2>]
no default-information originate [always] [metric <value>] [metric-type <num:1,2>]
Command Syntax
always Always advertises the default route into the OSPF domain regardless of whether the routing table has a default route. OSPF default metric from 0 to 16777214 to generate default route. External link type associated with the default route advertised into the OSPF routing domain, values are 1 and 2, 1 being comparable to the link state metric and 2 larger than the cost of intra-AS path.
metric value metric type num:1,2
8-14
OSPF Commands
Command Default Disabled.
8-15
default-metric
The default metric feature is used to eliminate the need for separate metric definitions for each routing protocol redistribution. Use the default-metric command to force a routing protocol to use the same metric value for all distributed routes from other routing protocols. Use the no default-metric command to remove the default metric value for the routing protocol.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage default-metric <metric> no default-metric Command Syntax
metric Default metric value from 1 to 4294967295.
8-16
OSPF Commands
distance ospf
The distance ospf command defines OSPF route administrative distances based on route type. The no distance ospf command deletes OSPF route administrative distances based on route type. Use the distance ospf command to set a distance for a group of routers, as opposed to any specific route passing an access list. The distance ospf command serves the same function as the distance command used with an access list. Use the distance ospf command when OSPF processes have mutual redistribution, to choose internal routes from one external route to another.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage distance ospf intra-area <distance> inter-area <distance> external <distance>
no distance ospf intra-area <distance> inter-area <distance> external <distance>
Command Syntax
intra-area distance inter-area distance external distance sets distance for all routes within an area, default value 110 sets distance for all routes from one area to another area, default value 110 sets distance for routes learned by redistribution from other routing domains
8-17
Command Default intra-area distance 110 inter-area distance 110 external distance 110
8-18
OSPF Commands
distribute-list
Use the distribute-list command to filter networks received and sent in routing updates and networks suppressed in routing updates by using access lists. The networks that are permitted or denied are defined in access lists. The no distribute-list command removes access list from an incoming or outgoing routing update.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage distribute-list <access-list> {in | out} no distribute-list <access-list> {in | out} Command Syntax
access-list in out Access list number that is used to filter incoming and outgoing routing updates. Filters incoming routing updates. Filters outgoing routing updates.
Command Default Disabled.
8-19
ip ospf authentication-key
The ip ospf authentication-key command assigns a password for use by neighboring OSPF routers that are using OSPF simple password authentication. The no ip ospf authentication-key command deletes the password assigned for use by neighboring OSPF routers that are using OSPF simple password authentication.
Note: All neighbor routers on the same network need the same password to exchange OSPF information.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip ospf authentication-key <password> no ip ospf authentication-key <password> Command Syntax
password character string up to 8 bytes in length
8-20
OSPF Commands
ip ospf cost
The ip ospf cost command establishes a precise cost metric value for sending a packet on an OSPF interface. The no ip ospf cost command disables a precise cost metric value for sending the path cost to the default. Use the ip ospf cost command to assign a cost metric value for a particular interface. The user can set the metric manually if the default needs to be changed.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip ospf cost <cost:1-65535> no ip ospf cost Command Syntax
cost link state metric, between 1 and 65535
8-21
ip ospf database-filter all out

The ospf database-filter all out command filters OSPF LSAs during synchronization and flooding on the specified interface. The no ip ospf database-filter all out command disables filtering OSPF LSAs during synchronization and flooding on the specified interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip ospf database-filter all out no ip ospf database-filter all out Command Default disabled
8-22
OSPF Commands
ip ospf dead-interval
The ip ospf dead-interval command sets the number of seconds during which the router hello packets are not seen before the neighboring routers consider the router to be down. The no ip ospf dead-internal removes the number of seconds set during which the router hello packets are not seen before the neighboring routers consider the router to be down.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip ospf dead-internal <seconds:1-65535> no ip ospf dead-internal Command Syntax
seconds integer that specifies the interval, value must be the same for all routers on the network, valid values 1 to 65535
Command Default 40
8-23
ip ospf hello-interval
The ip ospf hello-interval command sets the number of seconds between hello packets send by a router on the interface. The no ip ospf hello-interval command resets the number of seconds between hello packets sent by a router on an interface to the default value. Use the ip ospf hello-interval command as a form of keepalive used by routers in order to acknowledge their existence on a segment.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip ospf hello-interval <seconds:1-65535> no ip ospf hello-interval Command Syntax
seconds integer that specifies the interval, value must be the same for all nodes on the network, valid values 1 to 65535
Command Default 10
8-24
OSPF Commands
ip ospf message-digest-key
The ip ospf message-digest-key command enables OSPF MD5 authentication. The no ip ospf message-digest-key command disables OSPF MD5 authentication. Use the ip ospf message-digest-key md5 command to generate authentication information when sending packets and to authenticate incoming packets. Neighbor routers must have the same key identifier.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip ospf message-digest-key <key-id> md5 <password> no ip ospf message-digest-key <key-id> md5 <password> Command Syntax
key-id password key identifier, between 1 and 255 OSPF password, string between 1 and 16 alphanumeric characters
8-25
ip ospf priority
The ip ospf priority command sets router priority to aid in determining the OSPF designated router for a network. The no ip ospf priority command changes priority to aid in determining the OSPF designated router for a network to the default value. Use the ip ospf priority command value to configure OSPF broadcast networks. The router with a higher priority takes precedence when attempting to become the designated router. If the routers share the same priority, router ID takes precedence.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip ospf priority <num:0-255> no ip ospf priority <num:0-255> Command Syntax
num:0-255 priority value
Command Default 1
8-26
OSPF Commands
ip ospf retransmit-interval
The ip ospf retransmit-interval command establishes the number of seconds between LSAs retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to an OSPF interface. The no ip ospf retransmit-interval command changes the number of seconds between LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to an OSPF interface to the default value. Use the ip ospf retransmit-interval command to establish the time a router sends an LSA to its neighbor. The neighbor keeps the LSA until it receives the acknowledgement.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip ospf retransmit-interval <seconds:1-65535> no ip ospf retransmit-interval Command Syntax
seconds:1-65535 amount of time between LSA retransmissions
Command Default 5
8-27
ip ospf transmit-delay
The ip ospf transmit-delay command sets the approximate amount of time to transmit an LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to an OSPF interface. The no ip ospf transmit-delay command changes the approximate amount of time set to transmit an LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to an OSPF interface. Use the ip ospf transmit-delay command to enable the delay over a link. The delay is defined as the time that it takes for the LSA to propagate over a link. Before transmission, LSAs in the update packet must have their ages incremented by the amount specified in the seconds argument. The value should take into account the transmission and propagation delays for the interface. If the delay is not added before transmission over a link, the time in which the LSA propagates over the link is not considered. Significance is greater on low-speed links.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip ospf transmit-delay <seconds:1-65535> no ip ospf transmit-delay Command Syntax
seconds:1-65535 time it takes to transmit an LSA
Command Default 1
8-28
OSPF Commands
network area
The network area command defines the interfaces and area ID on which OSPF runs. The no network area command deletes the interfaces and area ID on which OSPF runs. Use the network area command to cover IP address(es) for OSPF to operate on an interface. Use the address and wildcard-mask as one command to define one or more interfaces for an intended area. A subnet address may be designated as the area ID if associated areas are used with IP subnets. Each IP subnet is associated with a single area only.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage network <ip-address> <wildcard-mask> area <area-id> no network <ip-address> <wildcard-mask> area <area-id> Command Syntax
ip-address wildcard-mask area-id Network IP address. IP address type mask with "dont care" bits. Network area ID, OSPF address range, either a decimal value, or IP address if areas associated with IP subnets then subnet area may be specified.
Command Default Disabled
8-29
rfc1583-compatible
The rfc1583-compatible enables RFC1583 preference rules on choosing AS-External-LSAs during shortest path first (SPF) calculation according to RFC2328, section 16.4. The no rfc1583-compatible command disables RFC1583 preference rules on choosing AS-External-LSAs during SPF calculation according to RFC2238, section 16.4.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage rfc1583-compatible no rfc1583-compatible Command Default disabled
8-30
OSPF Commands
router ospf
The router ospf command enables an OSPF routing process. The no router ospf command disables the OSPF routing process. Use the router ospf command to designate an OSPF routing process with a unique value.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage router ospf no router ospf
8-31
show ip ospf
To display general information about OSPF routing processes, use the show ip ospf command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip ospf [network] Command Syntax
network shows IP OSPF network; displays network area information
8-32
OSPF Commands
show ip ospf border-routers

The show ip ospf border-routers command displays the internal OSPF routing table to an Autonomous System Boundary Router (ASBR), and an area border router (ABR).
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip ospf border-routers
8-33
show ip ospf database

The show ip ospf database command displays list of information related to the OSPF database.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All Modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip ospf [<area-id>] database [external | network | asbr-summary | nssa-external | router | summary] [<link-state-id>] [self-originate] [adv-router <ip-address>] Command Syntax
area-id external network asbr-summary nssa-external router summary link-state-id Assigned OSPF area ID number. external LSAs network LSAs Autonomous System Boundary Router (ASBR) summary. NSSA external LSA information router LSAs summary LSAs router links, link state ID always the same as the advertising router, network IP address, value dependent upon advertisement LSA type LSAs from the local router
self-originate
8-34
OSPF Commands
adv-router ip-address
Displays all LSAs for the specified advertising router. Specifies the advertised router ID.
8-35
show ip ospf interface

The show ip ospf interface command displays OSPF-related interface information. show ip ospf interface {<ip-address> | ethernet <slot>/<interface> | cable <slot>/ <interface>}
Command Syntax
ip-address ethernet cable slot interface Interface IP address. OSPF information over the Ethernet/ FastEthernet 802.3 interface. OSPF information over the Cable interface. Module slot number. Interface number.
8-36
OSPF Commands
show ip ospf memory

The show ip ospf memory command displays OSPF memory usage information.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip ospf memory
8-37
show ip ospf neighbor

The show ip ospf neighbor command displays information about all OSPF neighbors. show ip ospf neighbor [<neighbor-id>] [detail]
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage Command Syntax
neighbor-id detail specific OSPF neighbor ID list of neighbor information in detail
Command Use Use the show ip ospf neighbor command to display information for each neighbor.
8-38
OSPF Commands
show ip ospf network

The show ip ospf network command displays information about OSPF network areas. Use the "pipe" character ( | ) before entering the begin, exclude, and include output modifiers.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip ospf network [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] Command Syntax
begin exclude include | begin with the line that matches exclude lines that match include lines that match turns on output modifiers (filters)
8-39
show ip ospf virtual-links

The show ip ospf virtual-links command displays parameters regarding the current state of the OSPF virtual links.
Group Access
All
show ip ospf virtual-links
8-40
OSPF Commands
summary-address
The summary-address aggregates external routes at the border of the OSPF domain. The no summary-address command deletes aggregated external routes at the border of the OSPF domain. Use the summary-address command to summarize routes from other routing protocols that are redistributed to OSPF. The area range command summarizes routes between OSPF areas. The summary address command is responsible for an OSPF autonomous system boundary router to advertise one external route as an aggregate. This applies to all redistributed routes that the address covers.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage summary-address <ip-address> <mask> [tag <num>] no summary-address <ip-address> <mask> [tag <num>] Command Syntax
ip-address mask tag num summary address of range of addresses IP subnet mask for the summary route tag value, can be used as a match value to control redistribution
Command Default All redistributed routes advertised separately
8-41
timers spf
The timers spf command configures the amount of time between OSPF topology change receipt and when it starts a shortest path first (SPF) calculation. This includes the hold time between two consecutive SPF calculations. The no timers spf command changes the configuration of the amount of time between OSPF topology changes receipt and when it starts an SPF calculation and returns it to the default value. Use the timers spf command to set the delay time and hold time to change routing to a faster path.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage

timers spf <spf-delay> <spf-holdtime> no timers spf <spf-dela>y <spf-holdtime>
Command Syntax
spf-delay spf-holdtime time in seconds between receipt and SPF minimum time in seconds between two consecutive SPF calculations
Command Default
SPF delay 5 seconds SPF hold time 10 seconds
8-42
9
IGMP Commands
IGMP Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) commands used with the BSR 64000. Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP), part of the Internet Protocol (IP) suite, is used between hosts and routers to report dynamic multicast group membership. IP multicasting is the transmission of an IP datagram to a "host group" identified by a single IP destination address. Multicasting directs the same information packets to multiple destinations at the same time, versus unicasting, which sends a separate copy to each individual destination. Because the destinations receive the same source packet at once, delivery of the information takes place in a more timely manner. As stated in RFC 1112, the membership of a host group is dynamic; that is, hosts may join and leave groups at any time. There is no restriction on the location or number of members in a host group, and a host may be a member of more than one group at a time. There are three types of messages structures supported by IGMP to communicate with each other about the multicast traffic: queries, reports, and leave group messages. Query messages are used to discover which hosts are in which multicast groups. In response, the hosts sends a report message to inform the querier of a hosts membership. (Report messages are also used by the host to join a new group). Leave group messages are sent when the host wishes to leave the multicast group. Applications that implement IGMP effectively eliminate multicast traffic on segments that are not destined to receive this traffic, thus limiting the overall amount of traffic on the network.
9-1
IGMP Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the IGMP commands supported by the BSR.
9-2
IGMP Commands
clear ip igmp counters

The clear ip igmp counters command clears IGMP statistics counters on a specific router.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage clear ip igmp counters
9-3
ip igmp access-group
The ip igmp access-group command controls multicast groups that hosts can join. The no ip igmp access-group command removes control and allows the hosts to join all groups.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip igmp access-group <1-99> <1300-1999> no ip igmp access-group <1-99> <1300-1999> Command Syntax
1-99 1300-1999 standard access list standard access-list number (expanded range)
Command Default any group allowed on interface
9-4
IGMP Commands
ip igmp query-interval
The igmp query-interval command sets the interval in which the router sends out IGMP queries for that interface. The no ip igmp query-interval command removes the set interval in which the router send out IGMP queries for an interface and returns it to the default value.
Use the ip igmp query-interval command to configure how often the router solicits the IGMP report responses from all of the multicast hosts on the network.
Group Access
ISP
Command Line Usage ip igmp query-interval <1-3600> no ip igmp query-interval <1-3600>

Command Syntax
1-3600
query interval in seconds
Command Default 125 seconds
9-5
ip igmp query-max-response-time
The ip igmp query-max-response-time command sets the maximum response time advertised in query. Use the no ip igmp query-max-response-time command to remove the set maximum response time advertised in query and return it to the default.
Group Access
ISP
Command Line Usage ip igmp query-max-response-time <1-25> no ip igmp query-max-response-time <1-25>

Command Syntax
1-25 query response value in seconds
9-6
IGMP Commands
ip igmp querier-timeout
The ip igmp querier-interval command configures the timeout prior to the time the router takes over as the interface querier. The no ip igmp querier-timeout removes the configured timeout prior to the time the router takes over as the interface querier, and returns it to the default.
Note: Only after the querier has completed the last query, does the router take over as the interface querier after a no ip igmp query-timeout command is issued.
Group Access
ISP
Command Line Usage ip igmp querier-timeout <60-3600> no ip igmp querier-timeout <60-3600>

Command Syntax
60-3600 querier timeout value in seconds
Command Default query value x 2
9-7
ip igmp static-group
The ip igmp static-group command connects, or configures, the router as a member of a particular group on the interface. The no ip igmp static-group disassociates the router from the group. The ip igmp static-group command is used to give a host (that does not run IGMP) membership in a multicast group.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip igmp static-group <A.B.C.D> no ip igmp static-group <A.B.C.D> Command Syntax
A.B.C.D IP multicast group address that the router is configured to be a member of
9-8
IGMP Commands
ip igmp version
The ip igmp version command configures the specific version used by the router. The no ip igmp version removes the configured, specific version used by the router and returns it to the default. Use the ip igmp version command to configure the IGMP version on the interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Line Usage ip igmp version {<1-2>} no ip igmp version {<1-2>}

Command Syntax
1
2
IGMP Version 1 IGMP Version 2
Command Default version 2
9-9
ip igmp version1-querier
The ip igmp version1-querier command configures the router to act as the querier for IGMPv1. This is done by manually assigning the IGMP querier. The no ip igmp version1-querier command disables the router from acting as the querier.
Note: The interface is not effected when IGMPv2 is running on the interface. It is recommended that only one querier is enabled in a network segment.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip igmp version1-querier no ip igmp version1-querier Command Default disabled
9-10
IGMP Commands
show ip igmp interface

The show ip igmp interface command displays the multicast information for an interface.
Group Access
All
Command Line Usage show ip igmp interface [groups | brief] Command Syntax
groups brief multicast groups that are joined on each interface brief summary of IGMP interface
9-11
show ip igmp groups

The show ip igmp groups command displays multicast groups connected to a specific router using IGMP.
Use the show ip igmp groups command to display the following IGMP group information:
Group Address Interface Uptime Expires Last Reporter
multicast address interface reachable hours, minutes, and seconds multicast known hours, minutes, and seconds until the entry is removed from IGMP groups table last host of multicast group
Group Access
All
Command Line Usage show ip igmp groups [summary]

Command Syntax
summary shows summary report of IGMP groups
9-12
IGMP Commands
show ip igmp statistics

The show ip igmp statistics command displays statistics for a specified IGMP interface.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip igmp statistics
9-13
10
VRRP Commands
VRRP Commands
Introduction
This chapter contains the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) commands. for the BSR 64000. VRRP specifies an election protocol that dynamically assigns responsibility for a virtual router to one of the VRRP routers on a LAN. The VRRP router controlling the IP address or addresses associated with a virtual router is called the Master, and forwards packets sent to these IP addresses. The election process provides dynamic failover in the forwarding responsibility if the Master becomes unavailable. This allows any of the virtual router IP addresses on the LAN to be used as the default first-hop router by end-hosts. VRRP provides a higher-availability default path without requiring configuration of dynamic routing or router discovery protocols on every end host.
10-1
VRRP Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the VRRP commands supported by the BSR.
10-2
VRRP Commands
clear ip vrrp
The clear ip vrrp command resets all statistic counters of all virtual routers on all interface, or on specific interfaces with specific Virtual Router ID (VRID).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage clear ip vrrp [* | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether<X/Y>] <1-255> Command Syntax
* ethernet gigaether <X/Y> 1-255 resets all statistics counters for all virtual routers on all interfaces on this router Ethernet interface Gigabit Ethernet interface slot and port number virtual router ID value
10-3
ip vrrp
The ip vrrp command activates the VRRP protocol on all interfaces that are configured to run VRRP. The no ip vrrp command de-activates the VRRP protocol on all interfaces that are configured to run VRRP. Use the ip vrrp command to enable all interfaces so that multiple virtual routers can be enabled or disabled all at once.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip vrrp no ip vrrp Command Default enabled
10-4
VRRP Commands
ip vrrp (virtual router ID)

The ip vrrp (virtual router ID) command creates a virtual router. The no ip vrrp (virtual router ID) command deletes the virtual router with ID from the interface. Use the ip vrrp (virtual router ID) command to specify and associate the virtual router. Each virtual router group selects its own Master and Backups independently of other virtual router groups. Each individual virtual router has a unique virtual MAC address and virtual IP addresses.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip vrrp <1-255> no ip vrrp <1-255> Command Syntax
1-255 the ID of the virtual router to configure
10-5
ip vrrp address
The ip vrrp address command specifies virtual IP address or addresses for a virtual router. The no ip vrrp removes the specified virtual IP address or addresses for a virtual router. Use the ip vrrp address command to configure IP addresses for virtual routers. VRRP is not enabled for the virtual router until at least one IP address has been specified. If one or more IP addresses are specified, then the addresses will be used as the designated ip addresses among routers associating with the virtual router.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip vrrp <1-255> address <A.B.C.D> [...<A.B.C.D>] no ip vrrp <1-255> address [<A.B.C.D>] [...<A.B.C.D>] Command Syntax
1-255 A.B.C.D ...A.B.C.D identification number of a configured virtual router specifies one virtual IP address specifies additional virtual IP addresses
10-6
VRRP Commands
ip vrrp authentication key

The ip vrrp authentication key command specifies the authentication string for use with the authentication type, text only. The no ip vrrp authentication key command removes the specified authentication string for use with the authentication type, text only. Use the ip vrrp authentication key command to set a simple text key in VRRP messages. The unencrypted authentication string is transmitted for authentication type simple text in all VRRP protocol messages. The same authentication string must be configured on all routers for a virtual router. Authentication mismatch will not prevent a router from taking over as the designated Master. Authentication mismatch will cause VRRP to stop working properly for a virtual router due to authentication failure, and results in lack of communication between virtual routers.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip vrrp <1-255> authentication key <WORD> no ip vrrp <1-255> authentication key Command Syntax
1-255 WORD the identification number of a configured virtual router an authentication key string of up to 8 characters
10-7
ip vrrp authentication type

The ip vrrp authentication type command specifies the type of authentication to use for the given virtual router on the configured interface. The no ip vrrp authentication type command removes the specified type of authentication to use for the given virtual router on the configured interface. The same authentication type must be configured on all routers for a given virtual router. Authentication mismatch will not prevent a router from taking over as the designated Master. Authentication mismatch may cause VRRP not to work properly for a given virtual router due to authentication failure, and results in lack of communication between virtual routers.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip vrrp <1-255> authentication type {text} no ip vrrp <1-255> authentication type Command Syntax
1-255 text the identification number of a configured virtual router ip vrrp 4 authentication type authentication type can be simple text
Command Default no authentication
10-8
VRRP Commands
ip vrrp enable
The ip vrrp enable command enables a given virtual router on a configured interface. The no vrrp enable command disables a given virtual router on a configured interface. Use the ip vrrp enable command to bring up a specific VRRP router on the given interface if the interface is being enabled. This command brings the VRRP router to either Backup or Master when the router is being enabled (if at least one IP address is configured for the virtual router).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip vrrp <1-255> enable no ip vrrp <1-255> enable Command Syntax
1-255 the identification number of a configured virtual router
10-9
ip vrrp preempt
The ip vrrp preempt command indicates whether a higher priority Backup can pre-empt a lower priority Master. The no ip vrrp preempt command disables pre-emption of a lower priority Master by a higher priority Backup. If the router owns the IP address or addresses associated with the virtual router, the Master will always pre-empt, regardless of this command setting. To determine which of the routers should be allowed to pre-empt, use the ip vrrp preempt command for virtual routers that have IP addresses that do not belong to any router interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip vrrp <1-255> preempt no ip vrrp <1-255> preempt Command Syntax
1-255 the identification number of a configured virtual router
10-10
VRRP Commands
ip vrrp priority
The ip vrrp priority command specifies the priority of the router to act as Master for a given virtual router. The no form of this command restores the default priority value of the router. Use the ip vrrp priority command to select a Master when multiple routers are associated with the same virtual router. If two routers have the same priority, their primary IP address is compared, and the router with the higher IP address value takes precedence. A priority of 255 is reserved for VRRP routers that own the virtual IP address. Therefore, during configuration, if the router owns that IP address, priority is automatically set to 255 and cannot be changed. Value 0 is also reserved for Master to indicate the relinquishing of responsibility of the virtual router, and cannot be configured either.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip vrrp <1-255> priority <1-254> no ip vrrp <1-255> priority Command Syntax
1-255 priority 1-254 the identification number of a configured virtual router priority value to set for the virtual router
Command Default 100
10-11
ip vrrp primary-ip
The ip vrrp primary-ip command configures the primary IP address for a virtual router. The no ip vrrp primary-ip command resets the primary IP address to the smallest value among all real interface addresses for the given interface. Use the ip vrrp primary-ip to configure the primary IP address for a virtual router.
Note: VRRP advertisements are always sent using the primary IP address as the source of the IP packet.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip vrrp <1-255> primary-ip <A.B.C.D> no ip vrrp <1-255> primary-ip Command Syntax
1-255 A.B.C.D the identification number of a configured virtual router IP address to be set as source of outgoing IP packet
Command Default The smallest IP address value among all valid IP addresses of the given interface
10-12
VRRP Commands
ip vrrp timer
The ip vrrp timer command specifies the time interval that the Master should send VRRP advertisement messages. The no ip vrrp timer command restores the default. All VRRP routers are associated with a particular virtual router, and must use the same advertisement interval to have VRRP run properly. Note: The system is configured to send VRRP advertisements every 3 seconds for the virtual router on the configured interface Ethernet 1/0, if the router is configured as the Master for the virtual router 1. If not, this interval is used as the factor to determine if the Master is down, if the router is configured as Backup for virtual router 1.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip vrrp <1-255> timer <1-255> no ip vrrp <1-255> timer Command Syntax
1-255 timer 1-255 the identification number of a configured virtual router advertisement interval in seconds
Command Default 1 second
10-13
ip vrrp verify-availability
The ip vrrp verify-availability command configures one or more ip addresses for a virtual router to monitor as critical link states. The no ip vrrp verify-availability command deletes one or more of the designated IP address from the virtual router. Use the ip vrrp verify-availability command to configure a virtual router to monitor a link state of another interface. If a virtual router is not monitoring any link state where no IP address is configured for verify-availability, the virtual router will continue as usual. If one or more IP addresses is configured for monitoring, and all of the monitored links are down, the virtual router is brought down automatically. The Master relinquishes responsibility by sending an advertisement 0. If at least one link of all monitored IP addresses being monitored comes back up, the associated virtual router will be brought back up automatically.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip vrrp <1-255> verify-availability <A.B.C.D> [...<A.B.C.D>] no ip vrrp <1-255> verify-availability <A.B.C.D> [...<A.B.C.D>] Command Syntax
num:1-255 A.B.C.Ds ...A.B.C.D the identification of a configured virtual router number IP address this virtual router monitors additional IP addresses that this virtual router monitors
10-14
VRRP Commands
show ip vrrp
The show ip vrrp command displays detailed information on all virtual routers that are configured for VRRP. Use the show ip vrrp command to verify virtual status of a router.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip vrrp [ethernet <X/Y> [[<1-255>]] | gigaether <X/Y> [[1-255>]] | summary] Command Syntax
ethernet gigaether X/Y 1-255 summary Ethernet interface Gigabit Ethernet interface interface slot and port identification number of a configured virtual router summary information for all VRRP routers configured on all interfaces
10-15
11
Introduction
This chapter describes the IP Multicast Protocol commands used with the BSR 1000. This chapter containsthe following sections on the Multicast Routing Table Manager (MRTM), and Multicast Forwarding Manager (MFM) protocols.
MRTM Command Descriptions MFM Command Descriptions
11-1
MRTM Command Descriptions

Unlike traditional Internet traffic that requires separate connections for each source-destination pair, IP Multicasting allows many recipients to share the same source. The IP Multicast protocol sends data to distributed servers on the multicast backbone, and MRTM allows different IP protocols to work together on the same router. This means that just one set of packets is transmitted for all destinations. MRTM also manages Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (DVMRP) and Multicast Open Shortest Path First (MOSPF), and provides multicast routing support for Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP). For large amounts of data, IP Multicast is more efficient than normal Internet transmissions because the server can broadcast a message to many recipients simultaneously. This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the MRTM IP multicast commands supported by the BSR.
11-2
ip mroute
The ip mroute command configures an IP multicast static route. The no ip mroute command removes the configuration of an IP multicast static route.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip mroute <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [<1-255>] no ip mroute <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [<1-255>] Command Syntax
A.B.C.D A.B.C.D A.B.C.D 1-255 static source address static network mask RPF neighbor address or route administrative distance for mroute
11-3
ip mroute static distance

The ip mroute static distance command configures a static multicast route. The no ip mroute static distance command removes the route.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip mroute static distance <1-255> no ip mroute static distance <1-255> Command Syntax
1-255 the administrative distance for the multicast route - a lower distance has preference
11-4
ip mroute unicast distance

The ip mroute unicast distance command configures a unicast multicast route. The no ip mroute unicast distance command removes the route.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip mroute unicast distance <1-255> no ip mroute unicast distance <1-255> Command Syntax
1-255 the administrative distance for the multicast route - a lower distance has preference
11-5
ip multicast-routing
The ip multicast-routing command enables IP multicast routing. The no ip multicast-routing command disables IP multicast routing. This command is used with multicast routing protocols, such as DVMRP.
Note: Multicast packets are not forwarded unless IP multicast routing is enabled.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip multicast-routing no ip multicast-routing Command Default disabled
11-6
show ip rpf
The show ip rpf command displays how IP multicast routing does Reverse Path
Forwarding (RPF).
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip rpf <A.B.C.D> Command Syntax
A.B.C.D displays RPF information for a specified source address
11-7
MFM Command Descriptions

MFM supports multicast tools for tracing routes, maintains a multicast forwarding cache and forwards multicast traffic. To forward multicast traffic, each multicast routing protocol must register with the MFM with the APIs for inbound check and outbound check. Parameters such as cache age for the flow, and a time-to-live value for the interface being registered, is included. When MFM receives a data packet that does not have a multicast forwarding cache, the MFM will call the protocol check inbound function, and check the outbound function to the registered protocol to determine the cache. This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the MFM commands supported by the BSR.
11-8
clear ip multicast fwd-cache

The clear ip multicast fwd-cache command clears the IP multicast forwarding cache table. Use the clear ip multicast fwd-cache command to clear the multicast forwarding table which is built from the multicast forwarding cache, and then used for forwarding traffic. Once cleared, the Multicast Forwarding Manager regenerates the cache when multicast traffic is received.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage clear ip multicast fwd-cache
11-9
clear ip multicast proto-cache

The clear ip multicast proto-cache command clears the IP multicast protocol cache and also clears the IP multicast forwarding cache.
Note: The MFM manager regenerates the multicast protocol cache when multicast traffic is received.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage clear ip multicast proto-cache
11-10
mtrace
The mtrace command traces the path from a multicast source to a multicast destination branch of a multicast distribution tree.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage mtrace {<A.B.C.D(hostname)> <A.B.C.D(hostname)> <A.B.C.D(group)>} Command Syntax
A.B.C.D(hostname) A.B.C.D(hostname) A.B.C.D(group) source IP address or source hostname destination IP or destination hostname group address or group hostname
11-11
show ip multicast cache-summary

The show ip multicast cache-summary command displays the number of multicast flows currently passing through the router.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip multicast cache-summary
11-12
show ip multicast fwd-cache

The show ip multicast fwd-cache command displays all of the multicast forwarding cache on a source group basis.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip multicast fwd-cache [<A.B.C.D>] [<A.B.C.D>] [ physical ] Command Syntax
A.B.C.D A.B.C.D physical source address of the multicast flow group address of the multicast flow displays the multicast forwarding cache in relation to the physical interface. If it is not specified, it will show up with relation to the logical interface.
11-13
show ip multicast interface

The show ip multicast interface command is used to list the IP address, multicast protocol (PIM, DVMRP, or IGMP), and time-to-live (TTL) information that is associated with each multicast interface.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip multicast interface <A.B.C.D> Command Syntax
A.B.C.D display information only for this interface address
11-14
show ip multicast oi-fwd-cache

The show ip multicast oi-fwd-cache command is used to display multicast forwarding cache entries that have outgoing interfaces (OIs).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip multicast oi-fwd-cache
11-15
show ip multicast no-oi-fwd-cache

The show ip multicast no-oi-fwd-cache command is used to display multicast forwarding cache entries, which have no outgoing interfaces (OIs).
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip multicast no-oi-fwd-cache
11-16
show ip multicast proto-cache

The show ip multicast proto-cache command is used to display multicast protocol cache entries.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip multicast proto-cache [<A.B.C.D>] [<A.B.C.D>] Command Syntax
A.B.C.D A.B.C.D source address of the multicast flow group address of the multicast flow
11-17
12
DVMRP Commands
DVMRP Commands
Introduction
This chapter contains the Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (DVMRP) commands used with the BSR 64000.
DVMRP is the original IP Multicast routing protocol. It was designed to run over both multicast LANs as well as non-multicast routers. In this case, the IP Multicast packets are tunneled through the routers as unicast packets. This replicates the packets and affects performance, but provides intermediate solution for IP Multicast routing on the Internet while router vendors decide to support native IP Multicast routing.
12-1
DVMRP Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the DVMRP commands supported by the BSR.
12-2
DVMRP Commands
ip dvmrp accept-filter
The ip dvmrp accept-filter command configures a filter for incoming DVMRP reports. The no ip dvmrp accept-filter command removes configuration of a filter for incoming DVMRP reports. Use the ip dvmrp accept-filter command to configure filters to accept and deny DVMRP routes learned from this interface. The accepted routes are added to the Multicast Routing Table.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip dvmrp accept-filter <1-99> no ip dvmrp accept-filter <1-99> Command Syntax
1-99 accept filter number
Command Default Accepts destination reports from all neighbors.
12-3
ip dvmrp default-information originate

The ip dvmrp default-information originate command advertises network 0.0.0.0 to DVMRP neighbors and the multicast backbone. The no ip dvmrp default-information originate command prevents network 0.0.0.0. from being advertisied to DVMRP neighbors and the multicast backbone. Use the ip dvmrp default-information originate command with the ip dvmrp metric-offset command to configure the metric used when advertising the default route 0.0.0.0.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip dvmrp default-information originate [only] no ip dvmrp default-information originate Command Syntax
only the default DVMRP route is distributed to neighbors only
12-4
DVMRP Commands
ip dvmrp metric-offset
The ip dvmrp metric-offset command modifies the metrics of the advertised DVMRP routes. The no ip dvmrp metric-offset sets the modified metrics of the advertised DVMRP routes to the default.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip dvmrp metric-offset [in | out] <0-31> no ip dvmrp metric-offset [in | out] <0-31> Command Syntax
in 0-31 out 0-31 added increment value for incoming DVMRP routes added increment value for outgoing reports for routes from the DVMRP routing table
Command Default in 1 out 0
12-5
ip dvmrp output-report-delay
The ip dvmrp output-report-delay command configures transmission delays of a DVMRP report. The no ip dvmrp output-report-delay command removes configuration of transmission delays of a DVMRP report.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip dvmrp output-report-delay <1-10> [<1-100>] no ip dvmrp output-report-delay <1-10> [<1-100>] Command Syntax
1-10 1-100 delay between each route report burst in seconds number of DVMRP reports in each burst
Command Default seconds: 1

burst: 2
12-6
DVMRP Commands
ip dvmrp out-report-filter
The ip dvmrp out-report-filter command uses the assigned access list to filter the outgoing DVMRP route report for the interface. The no ip dvmrp out-report-filter command disables the use of the assigned access list to filter the outgoing DVMRP route report for the interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip dvmrp out-report-filter <1-99> no ip dvmrp out-report-filter <1-99> Command Syntax
1-99 out report filter number
12-7
ip dvmrp probe-interval
The ip dvmrp probe-interval command configures how often a query is sent to neighboring multicast routers for DVMRP multicast routes. The no ip dvmrp probe-interval command disables sending queries.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip dvmrp probe-interval <5-3600> no ip dvmrp probe-interval <5-3600> Command Syntax
5-3600
probe interval in seconds
12-8
DVMRP Commands
ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners
The ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners command prevents peering with neighbors that do not support DVMRP pruning or grafting. The no ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners command enables peering with neighbors that do not support DVMRP pruning or grafting. Use the ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners command to configure the router for nonpeering without the prune-capable flag set.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners no ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners Command Default disabled
12-9
ip dvmrp summary-address
The ip dvmrp summary-address metric command configures a DVMRP summary address to be advertised out of the interface. The no ip dvmrp summary-address command removes the configuration of a DVMRP summary address that is advertised out of the interface. Use the ip dvmrp summary-address metric command to advertise the summary address if there is a more specific route in the multicast routing table that matches. The summary is advertised with the metric value when specified.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip dvmrp summary-address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [metric <1-31>] no ip dvmrp summary-address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [metric <1-31>] Command Syntax
A.B.C.D A.B.C.D metric 1-31 summary IP address advertised rather than a more specific route mask on summary IP address metric value advertised with summary address
Command Default metric 1
12-10
DVMRP Commands
network
The network command specifies which IP interface should enable DVMRP. The no network command removes the specified IP address to enable DVMRP. Use the network command to be able to use a single command to define one or multiple interfaces to be associated with DVMRP using both the prefix and wildcard-mask arguments. For DVMRP to operate on the interface, the specific IP address on the interface must be covered by the network command. This software sequentially evaluates the address/wildcard-mask pair for each interface as follows:
The wildcard-mask is logically ORed with the interface IP address. The wildcard-mask is logically ORed with address in the network command.
The software compares the two resulting values, and, if they match, DVMRP is enabled on the associated interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage network <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> no network <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> Command Syntax
A.B.C.D A.B.C.D IP address prefix, network type to broadcast IP address-type mask that includes dont care bits
12-11
router dvmrp
The router dvmrp command configures the DVMRP routing process. Us the no router dvmrp command removes the DVMRP configured routing process.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage router dvmrp no router dvmrp Command Default disabled
12-12
DVMRP Commands
show ip dvmrp information

The show ip dvmrp information command displays global DVMRP information.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip dvmrp information
12-13
show ip dvmrp interface

The show ip dvmrp interface command displays information about interfaces with DVMRP enabled.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip dvmrp interface [statistics] Command Syntax
statistics
display DVMRP interface statistical information
12-14
DVMRP Commands
show ip dvmrp neighbor

The show ip dvmrp neighbor command displays information about neighbors discovered by DVMRP.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip dvmrp neighbor [detail] Command Syntax
detail detailed information about DVMRP neighbors including neighbor address, interface through which the neighbor is reachable, and the number of routes learned from the neighbor
12-15
show ip dvmrp network

The show ip dvmrp network command shows the DVMRP network configuration as entered by the network command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip dvmrp network
12-16
DVMRP Commands
show ip dvmrp route

The show ip dvmrp route command displays the DVMRP routing table.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip dvmrp route [entry <A.B.C.D> | neighbor <A.B.C.D>] [detail] Command Syntax
entry A.B.C.D neighbor A.B.C.D detail IP address of an entry in the routing table IP address of a neighbor in the routing table displays detailed information
12-17
show ip dvmrp route hold-down

The show ip dvmrp route hold-down command displays all of the routes in the DVMRP hold-down table.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip dvmrp route hold-down
12-18
DVMRP Commands
show ip dvmrp summary-route

The show ip dvmrp summary-route command displays the configured DVMRP summary address that is advertised for each interface.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip dvmrp summary-route
12-19
show ip dvmrp tunnels

The show ip dvmrp tunnels command displays information about DVMRP configured tunnels.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip dvmrp tunnels
12-20
13
CMTS Commands
CMTS Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the commands used to configure and manage the Cable Modem Termination System (CMTS). The CMTS permits data to be transmitted and received over a broadband cable TV (CATV) network. Downstream network data traffic flows from the CMTS to connected cable modems (CMs), and upstream network data traffic flows from the CMs to the CMTS.
13-1
CMTS Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the CMTS commands supported by the BSR.
13-2
CMTS Commands
arp timeout
The arp timeout command configures the amount of time an entry stays in the ARP cache. The no arp timeout command removes the time configuration an entry stays in the ARP cache. Use the show interfaces command in EXEC mode to view the ARP time-out value.
Note: When the ARP time-out value is changed, the change affects all the existing entries in addition to the entries subsequently created.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage arp time-out <minutes> no arp timeout <minutes> Command Syntax
minutes amount of time an entry is allowed to stay in the ARP cache; valid values 1 to 6000
Command Default 60 minutes
13-3
band
The band command is used to define the start and end frequency band for the Spectrum Group.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage band {<start> <end>} no band {<start> <end>} Command Syntax
start end The start upstream frequency from 5000000 to 42000000 Hertz. The end upstream frequency from 5000000 to 42000000 Hertz.
13-4
CMTS Commands
cable bundle
Cable bundling allows you to group multiple cable interfaces into a single IP subnet. The cable bundle command is used to assign the cable interface as the slave cable interface and assign the bundle the same number as the master cable interface.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable bundle <number> Command Syntax
number Number of the cable bundle from 1 to 255
13-5
cable bundle master

Cable bundling allows you to group multiple cable interfaces into a single IP subnet. Cable bundling simplifies network management and conserves IP addresses. Each BSR 64000 DOCSIS module provides one cable interface. A cable bundle comprises two or more cable interfaces: one cable interface is configured as the master, while the remaining interfaces are configured as slaves to the master. If one DOCSIS module is configured as the master, the other DOCSIS modules can become slaves. The master cable interface is assigned a single IP address and the slaves share the same IP address with the master. Therefore, the bundling feature eliminates the need for an IP subnet for each cable interface.
The cable bundle master command is used to assign the cable interface as the master cable interface and assign the cable bundle a number.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable bundle <number> master Command Syntax
number Number of the cable bundle from 1 to 255
13-6
CMTS Commands
cable downstream annex

The downstream MPEG framing format is set to DOCSIS (Annex B) by default. Check local standards to determine whether your region uses the European DOCSIS or North American DOCSIS standard.
Note: The CMs connected to the downstream port must be set to the same MPEG framing format as the cable interface.
The no cable downstream command returns the downstream MPEG framing format setting to the default. If your region uses the European DOCSIS standard, use the cable downstream annex command to enable the European DOCSIS downstream MPEG framing. This command is used with sub-commands of the cable downstream command. The sub-commands are the downstream RF output frequency command and the interleave depth command.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable downstream [<port>] annex {a | b} no cable downstream [<port>] annex {a | b} Command Syntax
port downstream port number
13-7
Sets the downstream MPEG framing format for Euro DOCSIS which is specified in ITU-TJ.83 Annex A Sets the downstream MPEG framing format for the North American DOCSIS MPEG framing format specified in ITU-TJ.83 Annex B
Command Default Annex B
13-8
CMTS Commands
cable downstream carrier-only

The downstream carrier-only function is disabled by default and is used for testing purposes only to control downstream output. The cable downstream carrier-only command is used optionally as a test function to enable the modulation to the RF carrier of the downstream output. The no cable downstream carrier-only command disables the modulation to the RF carrier of the downstream output. Note: If the cable downstream carrier-only command is issued, set the rfModulation to 1. If the no cable downstream carrier-only command is issued, set the rfModulation to 0.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable downstream [<port>] carrier-only no cable downstream [<port>] carrier-only Command Syntax
port Downstream port number.
Command Default Modulation to the RF carrier is disabled.
13-9
cable downstream frequency

The cable downstream frequency command is used to set the fixed center downstream frequency for RF output. The no cable downstream command returns the fixed center downstream frequency of RF output to the default.
Note: The digital carrier frequency cannot be the same as the video carrier frequency.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable downstream [<port>] frequency [down-freq-Hz] no cable downstream [<port>] frequency [down-freq-Hz] Command Syntax
port down-freq-hz Downstream port number. The downstream carrier center frequency. Valid values are from 91000000 to 857000000 Hertz (Hz) for North American DOCSIS and from 100000000 to 858000000 Hz.
Command Default 555000000 Hz
13-10
CMTS Commands
cable downstream interleave-depth

The cable operator can protect the downstream path from excess noise or decrease latency on the downstream path by setting the interleave depth. A higher interleave depth provides more protection from noise on the HFC network, but increases downstream latency. A lower interleave depth decreases downstream latency, but provides less protection from noise on the HFC network. The cable downstream interleave-depth command in Interface Configuration mode to set the downstream port interleave depth criteria, as shown below:
Note: A higher interleave depth provides more protection from bursts of noise on the HFC network; however, it increases downstream latency.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable downstream interleave-depth {8 | 16 | 32 | 64 | 128} no cable downstream interleave-depth {8 | 16 | 32 | 64 | 128} Command Syntax Review Table 13-1 to determine the appropriate interleave-depth.
Table 13-1 Interleave Depth Criteria
Depth # of Taps
8 12 16 32 8 12 16 32
Increments
16 17 8 4
13-11
Table 13-1 Interleave Depth Criteria
Depth # of Taps
64 128 64 128
Increments
2 1
Note: The Euro DOCSIS standard requires an interleave depth of 12.
Command Default The command default is 32 for North American DOCSIS.
13-12
CMTS Commands
cable downstream modulation

The cable downstream modulation command sets the modulation rate for a downstream port. The no cable downstream modulation command returns the modulation rate setting to the default.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable downstream [<port>] modulation {64qam | 256qam} no cable downstream [<port>] modulation {64qam | 256qam} Command Syntax
port 64 256 Downstream port number. Modulation rate, 6 bits per downstream symbol. Modulation rate, 8 bits per downstream symbol.
Command Default 64 QAM
13-13
cable downstream power-level

The cable downstream power-level command sets the power level of a downstream channel. The no cable downstream power-level changes the power level setting of a downstream channel to the default. Use the cable downstream power-level command to set the absolute power level in tenths of dBmV. Use cable downstream power-level default to set the receive power based on the automatic calculation of the necessary power level.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable downstream [<port>] power-level [value] no cable downstream [<port>] power-level [value] Command Syntax
port value Downstream port number. An integer between 450 and 630; unit is in tenth-dBmV.
Command Default 550 dBmV
13-14
CMTS Commands
cable downstream reserve-bandwidth

The cable downstream reserve-bandwidth command reserves a specified amount of downstream bandwidth for CMs.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable downstream [<port>] reserve-bandwidth <num> Command Syntax
port num Downstream port number. Downstream reserve bandwidth value in bits per second from 1 to 40338442.
Command Default null string
13-15
cable downstream unreserve-bandwidth

The cable downstream unreserve-bandwidth command is used to unreserve a specified amount of downstream bandwidth for CMs.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable downstream [<port>] unreserve-bandwidth <num> Command Syntax
port num Port number. Downstream bandwidth in bits per second, values 1-40338442.
13-16
CMTS Commands
cable downstream shutdown

The cable downstream shutdown command is used to disable an enabled downstream port when certain downstream parameters require that the downstream port is disabled before these parameters are configured. The downstream port is disabled by default. Use the no cable downstream shutdown command to enable the downstream port after the required downstream parameters are configured for the BSR. The downstream port is not active for data transmission until it is enabled.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable downstream [<port>] shutdown no cable downstream [<port>] shutdown Command Syntax
port Downstream port number.
Command Default The downstream port on the cable interface is disabled or "shut down" by default.
13-17
cable flap-list aging

The cable flap-list aging command specifies the cable flap-list aging in terms of maximum number of minutes a cable modem is kept in the flap-list. Use the no cable flap-list aging command to disable cable flap-list aging. Use this command to keep track of cable modem mac address upstream and downstream traffic for every cable modem having communication problems. Problems can be detected when the cable is inactive. This command will show cable modem registration events, missed ranging packets, upstream power adjustments, and the CMTS physical interface. Monitoring the flap list can not affect cable modem communications. The user can get the following information with the cable flap-list aging number of days command: Upstream performance data. Quality control installation data. Cable modem problem isolation and location. CMTS problems based upon high activity. Unreliable upstream paths based on high CRC errors. Unreliable in-home wiring problems based on high CRC errors.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Global Configuration and Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable flap-list aging <num> no cable flap-list aging <num> Command Syntax
num maximum number of minutes a cable modem is kept in the flap-list, range 0-86400
13-18
CMTS Commands
cable flap-list insertion-time

The cable flap-list insertion-time command sets the insertion time interval in seconds. Use the no form of this command to disable insertion time.
Use the cable flap-list insertion-time command to manage the flapping modem detector and place the cable modem on the flap list if the connection time is outside the insertion time interval.
Note: The insertion-time is the time taken by cable modems to complete their registration.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Global Configuration and Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable flap-list insertion-time <num> no cable flap-list insertion-time <num> Command Syntax
num insertion time interval, valid values 60-86400
13-19
cable flap-list miss-threshold

The cable flap-list miss-threshold command specifies the threshold for missing consecutive polling messages which triggers the polling flap detector. The no cable flap-list miss-threshold removes the specified threshold.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Global Configuration and Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable flap-list miss-threshold <num> no cable flap-list miss-threshold <num> Command Syntax
num missing consecutive polling messages, values 1-12
13-20
CMTS Commands
cable flap-list power-adjust threshold

The cable flap-list power-adjust threshold specifies the flap-list power adjustment parameters in dBmV for recording a flap-list event. Use the no form of this command to disable power-adjust thresholds. Use the cable flap-list power-adjust threshold to manage the flapping modem detector and place the cable modem on the flap-list if the connection exceeds the parameters.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Global Configuration and Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable flap-list power-adjust threshold <num> no cable flap-list power-adjust threshold <num> Command Syntax
num threshold in dBmV, valid values 1-10
13-21
cable flap-list size

The cable flap-list size command specifies the flap-list size, the maximum number of cable modems in the flap-list. The no cable flap-list size command sets the default flap-list table size. Use the cable flap-list size number command to set the number of modems that the cable flap-list table can record.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Global Configuration and Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable flap-list size <num> no cable flap-list size <num> Command Syntax
num number of modems that can register to the flap-list table, valid values 1-8191
Command Default 8191 cable modems
13-22
CMTS Commands
The cable helper address function disassembles a CM DHCP broadcast packet, and reassembles it into a unicast packet so that the packet can traverse the router and communicate with the DHCP server.The cable helper-address command enables broadcast forwarding for User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packets.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable helper-address <ip-address> {cable-modem | host} Command Syntax
ip-address cable-modem host The IP address of the destination DHCP server. Specifies that only CM UDP broadcasts are forwarded. Specifies that only CPE UDP broadcasts forwarded.
13-23
cable insert-interval
The insertion interval is the fixed time period available for CM initial channel request. The cable insert-interval command is used to set the insertion interval for CM initial channel request. The no cable insert-interval command is used to return the default insertion interval.
Note: Ensure that the upstream port is down before setting the insertion interval.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable insert-interval <number> no cable insert-interval <number> Command Syntax
number The insert interval; valid entries are 0 to 200. The default insert interval is 20.
Command Default The default insertion interval is 20.
13-24
CMTS Commands
cable spectrum-group
The cable spectrum-group command is used to create a cable spectrum group and enter the new mode in which to configure your cable spectrum group. From this new mode, all of the cable spectrum parameters are configured.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage cable spectrum-group <spectrum-group-name> no cable spectrum-group <spectrum-group-name>
Command Syntax
spectrum-group-name
The cable spectrum group name.
13-25
clear cable flap-list

The clear cable flap-list command clears all of the entries in the flap-list table. Use the clear cable flap-list command to clear a single cable modem or a number of cable modems from the cable flap-list.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear cable flap-list [<mac-address> | all] Command Syntax
mac-address all MAC address, establishes the 48-bit hardware address of one cable modem clears all cable modems from the flap-list table
13-26
CMTS Commands
cable sync-interval
The synchronization message interval is the interval between successive synchronization message transmissions from the BSR CMTS interface to the CMs. The cable sync-interval command sets the nominal time between transmission of SYNC messages on the downstream channel.
Note: Ensure that the interface is down before setting the synchronization message interval.
The no cable sync-interval command resets the default.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable [<port>] sync-interval <value> no cable [<port>] sync-interval <value> Command Syntax
port value Downstream port. Integer between 0 and 200 in milliseconds.
Command Default 10
13-27
show bindings
The show bindings command shows bindings, or mapping, between CMTS and HSIM.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show bindings
For example the following output displays:
Binding mode is automatic CMTS slot 0 maps to HSIM slot 15 CMTS slot 1 maps to HSIM slot 15 CMTS slot 3 maps to HSIM slot 15
13-28
CMTS Commands
show cable flap-list

The show cable flap-list command displays the cable flap-list and provides the following information:. MAC ID Cable IF Ins Customer account or street address. Upstream port. Number of times the modem comes up and connect to the network, number of times RF link reestablished more frequently than time period configured in the cable flap-list insertion time command. Number of times modem responds to mac layer keep alive messages, minimum hit rate one time/30 seconds, can indicate intermittent upstream, laser clipping, or common-path distortion. Count should be much higher than Miss count, if not, modem having problem maintaining the connection due to upstream problem, flap count increments each time the system transitions from a Hit to a Miss. Number of times modem misses the mac layer keep-alive message, 8% normal, can indicate intermittent upstream, laser clipping, common path distortion. Number of times the CMTS instructed the modem to adjust transmit (TX) power beyond threshold configured with the cable flap-list power-adjust threshold command, can indicate unacceptable connections, thermal sensitivity. Total of P-Adj and Ins values, high flap-count modems have high SIDs, may not register. Most recent time modem dropped connection.
Hit
Miss
P-Adj
Flap Time
13-29
Group Access
All
Command Line Usage show cable flap-list [sort flap | sort-time] Command Syntax
sort-flap sort-time Sort by number of times cable modem flapped. Sort most recent time cable modem flapped.
13-30
CMTS Commands
show interface cable sid

The show interface cable sid command displays information on each cable modem on the network, by its service identifier (SID). The following information is displayed in the command output: SID Status QoS Createtime Inoctets Inpackets IP address MAC address Service Identification Number. Enabled is normal state, disable means that the SID is administratively disabled. Quality of Service. Number of seconds when booted, when SID created. Number received using SID. Number received using SID. CMs SID IP address. CMs SID MAC address.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show interface cable <slot>/<interface> sid [<sid-number>] Command Syntax
slot interface sid-number DOCSIS module slot number. Cable interface number. Service Identification Number (SID)
13-31
cable insert-interval
The cable insert-interval command insert-interval the sets the frequency at which the initial maintenance interval is to appear in MAP messages. The no cable insert-interval command removes the setting.
Note: The insertion time is the initial request for a connection to the network. The interface must be shut down before the user can issue this command.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable insert-interval <milliseconds> no cable insert-interval <milliseconds> Command Syntax
port milliseconds Downstream port. Length of time, from 100 to 2000 milliseconds, during which the cable modem can request a network channel.
Command Default 2000 milliseconds
13-32
CMTS Commands
cable modem deny

The cable modem deny command removes a specified cable modem from the network and denies it future entry. The no cable modem deny command removes the restriction from the specified cable modem.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage cable modem deny <mac> no cable modem deny <mac> Command Syntax
mac CM MAC address.
13-33
cable modem qos dsa

The cable modem qos dsa command triggers a dynamic service change (DSC) initiated by the CMTS for a specified cable modem. The DSC is in a binary file that conforms to the DOCSIS cable modem configuration file format. This configuration file is saved in the TFTP "boot" directory on a TFTP server with a known IP address. The current implementation has only the change of service based on service-flow (not the flow classifier, nor the payload-header-suppression). Note: The definition of the dynamic service is defined in a binary file that conforms to the DOCSIS 1.1 cable modems configuration file format. This configuration file is saved in the TFTP "boot" directory on a TFTP server with known IP address.
Warning: This command should be used with extreme caution as the dynamic service definition in the configuration file will be overwritten.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage cable modem <ip-address> | <mac-address> qos dsa < TFTP server ip-address> <config-file name> Command Syntax
ip-address mac-address Specified cable modem IP address to create or delete a SID. Starts CM Dynamic Service Addition MAC address of the specified cable modem.
13-34
CMTS Commands
TFTP server ip-address config-file name
IP address of TFTP server. File name to be configured.
Command Default none
13-35
cable modem qos dsc

The cable modem qos dsc command triggers a Dynamic Service Change (DSC) initiated by the CMTS for a specified cable modem (CM). cable modem <ip-address> | <mac-address> qos dsc <TFTP-address> <config-filename>
Command Syntax
ip-address mac-address TFTP-address config-filename CM. CM MAC address. TFTP server IP address. CM configuration binary file.
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Use The cable modem qos dsc command triggers a dynamic service change (DSC) initiated by the CMTS for a specified cable modem. The definition of the dynamic service is defined in a binary file that conforms to the DOCSIS cable modems configuration file format. This configuration file is saved in /tftpboot directory on a TFTP server with known IP address. The current implementation only the change of service based on service-flow (not the flow classifier, nor the payload-header-suppression). Command Notes The definition of the dynamic service is defined in a binary file that conforms to the DOCSIS cable modem configuration file format. This configuration file is saved in the /tftpboot directory on a TFTP server with a known IP address. The current implementation only is the change of service based on service-flow (not the flow classifier, nor the payload-header-suppression).
13-36
CMTS Commands
cable modem qos dsc service-flow

The cable modem qos dsc service-flow triggers a DSC initiated by the CMTS for a specified cable modem. cable modem <ip-address> | <cable modem mac-address> qos dsc service-flow <TFTP server ip-address> <config-filename>
Command Syntax
ip-address cable modem
cable modem mac-address CM MAC address TFTP server ip-address config-filename TFTP server IP address binary file
Command Default none Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Notes The definition of the dynamic service is defined in a binary file that conforms to the DOCSIS cable modem configuration file format. This configuration file is saved in / tftpboot directory on a TFTP server with known IP address. The current implementation is only the change of service based on service-flow (not the flow classifier, nor the payload-header-suppression). Syntax Command Use Use this command with extreme caution where the operator provides the correct dynamic service definition in the configuration files and applies to the specific service-flow identifiers. The configuration file has to include the right service flow id used by the service flow that needs to be changed.
13-37
cable modem qos dsd

The cable modem qos dsd command triggers a dynamic service deletion (DSD) initiated by the CMTS for a specified service flow. cable modem qos dsd <slot>/<interface> <sfid>
Command Syntax
slot interface sfid DOCSIS module slot number. Cable interface number. Service Flow Identifier, range of sfids 1 to 262143 (not all values are valid at all times in a running system)
Command Default none Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Notes The cable modem qos dsd command should be used with extreme caution where the operator provides the correct service-flow identifier. Command Example The following example shows how to use the cable modem qos dsd command using slot 3; interface 0; and a dsd value of 11:
RDN#>cable modem qos dsd 3/0 11
13-38
CMTS Commands
cable modem max-hosts

The cable modem max-hosts command sets the limit for the maximum Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) hosts behind a particular cable modem. The no cable modem max-hosts sets the limit to the default value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage cable modem <mac-address> | <ip-address> max-hosts <num> no cable modem <mac-address> | <ip-address> max-hosts <num> Command Syntax
mac-address ip-address num MAC address. IP address. Number of CPE hosts.
13-39
cable modem-aging-timer
The cable modem-aging-timer command specifies a cable modem aging timer in minutes. Cable modems that go off-line are automatically removed from the network after the configured time period.
Group Access
MSO

cable modem-aging-timer {<10-30240> | off }
Command Syntax
10-30240 off
the cable modem aging timer number in minutes (10 minutes to 21 days) disables the cable modem aging timer
13-40
CMTS Commands
cable modulation-profile
Modulation profile 1 and 2 are the default upstream modulation profiles containing upstream burst parameters. Modulation profile numbers 1 or 2 can be modified, or new upstream modulation profiles can be created for the CMTS interface.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage Use the cable modulation-profile command to create an individual modulation interface profile for upstream burst parameters. This modulation profile can be applied to an upstream port using the cable upstream modulation-profile command in Interface Configuration mode.
cable modulation-profile {<profile> <iuc> <fec-tbytes> <fec-len> <burst-len> <guard-t> <mod> <scrambler> <seed> <diff> <pre-len> <last-cw> <uw-len> <range-check>} Use the no cable modulation-profile to remove all modulation profiles except for modulation profiles 1 and 2. -orUse the no cable modulation-profile <profile> command to remove a specific modulation profile number.
Command Syntax
profile Modulation profile group number from 1 to 16.
iuc (Interval Usage Code) Enter initial, long, request, short, or station.
13-41
fec-tbytes
Number of bytes that can be corrected per Forward Error Correction (FEC) code word, which is a number from 0 to 10 bytes, where 0 means no FEC code word. FEC codeword length from 16 to 253 kilobytes. Maximum burst length in minislots, which is a number from 0 to 255, where 0 means no limit. Guard time in symbols, which is the time between successive bursts from 5 to 255 symbols. Modulation. Enter 16qam or qpsk Enable or disable scrambler. Enter scrambler to enable or no-scrambler to disable. Scrambler seed in hexadecimal format from 0x0000 to 0x7FFF. Enable or disable differential encoding. Enter diff to enable or no diff to disable. Preamble length from 2 to 128 bits. Handling of FEC for last codeword length. Enter fixed for fixed code word length or shortened for shortened last code word. Upstream unique word length. Enter uw8 for 8-bit unique code words, or uw16 for 16-bit unique code words.
fec-len burst-len
guard-t
mod scrambler seed diff pre-len last-cw
uw-len
13-42
CMTS Commands
cable privacy cm-auth grace-time

The cable privacy cm-auth grace-time command sets the authorization key (AK) grace-time values for baseline privacy. The no cable privacy cm-auth grace-time command changes the AK grace-time values for baseline privacy back to the default.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable privacy cm-auth grace-time <seconds> no cable privacy cm-auth grace-time <seconds> Command Syntax
seconds Length of key encryption grace-time; valid values 300 seconds (5 minutes) to 1800 seconds (30 minutes).
Command Default 600 seconds (10 minutes)
13-43
cable privacy auth life-time

The cable privacy auth life-time command sets the authorization key (AK) life-time values for baseline privacy. The no cable privacy auth life-time command changes the AK life-time values for baseline privacy back to the default.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable privacy auth life-time <seconds> no cable privacy auth life-time Command Syntax
seconds Length of the key encryption life-time, valid values 1 second to 6048000 seconds (70 days).
Command Default 604800 seconds (7 days)
13-44
CMTS Commands
cable privacy cm-auth life-time

The cm-auth life-time command sets AK life-time values for a cable modem. The no cable privacy cm-auth life-time changes the setting of AK life-time values for a cable modem back to the default.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable privacy cm-auth life-time <mac-address> <seconds> no cable privacy cm-auth life-time <mac-address> Command Syntax
mac-address seconds cable modem physical address (MAC) in the form xxxx.xxxx.xxxx length of key encryption life-time, from 1 to 6048000 seconds
Command Default 604800 seconds (7 days)
13-45
cable privacy cm-auth reset

The cable privacy cm-auth reset command resets a Traffic Encryption Key (TEK) before expiration on a grace-time or a life-time value. The cable privacy cm-auth reset command changes the TEK expiration back to the default.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable privacy cm-auth reset <mac-address> <action> no cable privacy cm-auth reset Command Syntax
mac-address action cable modem MAC address of 6 bytes number between 1 and 4: 1 noReset requested - causes CMTS to do nothing 2 invalidateAuth - causes CMTS to invalidate current CM authorization key, does not transmit an Authorization Invalid message to the CM, does not invalidate unicast TEKs 3 sendAuthInvalid - causes CMTS to invalidate current CM authorization key, does not transmit an Authorization invalid message to CM, does not invalidate unicast TEKs 4 invalidateTeks - causes CMTS to invalidate current CM authorization key, to transmit an Authorization Invalid message to the CM, and to invalidate all unicast TEKs related to this CM authorization
Command Default profile 1

13-46
CMTS Commands
cable privacy cm-tek grace-time

The cable privacy cm-tek grace-time command sets the TEK grace-time value for a CM. The no cable privacy cm-tek grace-time command returns the default value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable privacy cm-tek grace-time <sid> <seconds> no cable privacy cm-tek grace-time <sid> <seconds> Command Syntax
sid seconds service ID values in seconds, 1-8192
13-47
cable privacy cm-tek life-time

The cable privacy cm-tek life-time command sets the TEK life-time value for baseline privacy. The no cable privacy cm-tek life-time command returns the TEK life-time value to the default value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable privacy cm-tek life-time <sid> <seconds> no cable privacy cm-tek life-time <sid> <seconds> Command Syntax
sid seconds CM primary SID. Traffic encryption life-time value, from 30 to 604800 seconds.
Command Default 43,200 seconds
13-48
CMTS Commands
cable privacy cm-tek reset

The cable privacy cm-tek reset command resets a CM Traffic Encryption Key (TEK).
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable privacy cm-tek reset <sid><num> Command Syntax
sid num cable modems primary SID 1 to reset, 2 for not
13-49
cable privacy mcast access

The cable privacy mcast access command configures a multicast access list by specifying a cable modem MAC address and the corresponding multicast IP address.
Note: A cable modem MAC address and the corresponding multicast IP address is required.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable privacy mcast access <mac-address> <ip-address> Command Syntax
mac-address ip-address MAC address. IP address.
13-50
CMTS Commands
cable privacy mcast del

The cable privacy mcast del command deletes a multicast map by specifying a multicast IP address and an optional prefix length.
Note: A multicast IP address and prefix length must be specified.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable privacy mcast del <ip-address> [<num>] Command Syntax
ip-address num Multicast IP address. Prefix length.
13-51
cable privacy mcast new

The cable privacy mcast new command creates a multicast map by specifying a multicast IP address and an optional prefix length. cable privacy mcast new <ip-address> [<mask>]
Command Syntax
ip-address mask Multicast IP address. Subnetwork mask.
13-52
CMTS Commands
cable privacy provision-cert-add

The cable privacy provision-cert-add command duplicates a CM certificate to a provisioned certificate table.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage cable privacy provision-cert-add <mac-address> no cable privacy provision-cert-add <mac-address> Command Syntax
mac-address MAC address in the form of xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
13-53
cable privacy tek life-time

The cable privacy tek life-time command sets the cable privacy Traffic Encryption Key (TEK) life-time value. The no cable privacy tek life-time command returns the cable privacy TEK life-time value to the default value.
Note: Baseline privacy is configured with key encryption keys (KEKs), and the TEKs are configured based on the 40 or 56-bit data encryption standard (DES). A life-time or a grace-time TEK value expires based on a life-time or grace-time value, but a cable modem has to renew its TEK grace-time value before it expires. If a lasting TEK lifetime is needed, use a life-time key.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable privacy tek life-time <30,604800> no cable privacy tek life-time Command Syntax
30,604800 minimum and maximum traffic encryption life-time value in seconds
Command Default 43,200 seconds
13-54
CMTS Commands
cable shared-secret
The cable shared-secret command activates or deactivates cable modem authentication with a shared-secret key. The no cable shared-secret command sets the cable shared-secret back to the default. Use the cable shared-secret command to authenticate the cable modem such that all cable modems must return a text string to register for access to the network. If no cable shared-secret is configured on CMTS, secret key checking is not available on any cable modem. If shared-secret is configured on CMTS, cable modems have to use the secret key obtained from the CM configuration files obtained from the TFTP server.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage cable shared-secret [0 <string> | 7 <hexnum>] no cable shared-secret [0 <string> | 7 <hexnum>] \ Command Syntax
0 7 string hexnum Unencrypted, need to specify a string. Encrypted, need to specify a key. The authentication string (enclosed with double quotes). The authentication key in hex number.
Command Default null string
13-55
cable sync-interval
The synchronization message interval is the interval between successive synchronization message transmissions from the BSR CMTS interface to the CMs. The cable sync-interval command sets the synchronization interval between transmission of successive SYNC messages from the CMTS to CMs. The no cable sync-interval returns the interval setting to transmit SYNC messages to the default.
Note: Ensure that you disable the cable interface using the cable shutdown command
Ensure that you disable the cable interface using the cable shutdown command. Use the cable sync-interval command following an interface shutdown.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable sync-interval <milliseconds> no cable sync-interval Command Syntax
milliseconds 0-200 Minimum and maximum sync interval.
13-56
CMTS Commands
cable ucd-interval
The cable ucd-interval command sets the interval between transmission of successive Upstream Channel Descriptor (UCD) messages. The no cable ucd-interval changes the interval setting to transmit UCD messages back to the default. Use the cable ucd-interval command following an interface shutdown.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable ucd-interval <milliseconds> no cable ucd-interval Command Syntax
milliseconds 0-2000 minimum and maximum UCD interval
Command Default 200
13-57
cable upstream channel-width

The cable upstream channel-width command specifies an upstream channel width for an upstream port. The no cable upstream channel-width command returns the default value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable upstream [<port>] channel-width <value> no cable upstream [<port>] channel-width <value> Command Syntax
port value upstream port number 1600000 - channel width 1600 kHz 200000 - channel width 200 kHz 3200000 - channel width 3200 kHz 400000 - channel width 400 kHz 800000 - channel width 800 kHz
13-58
CMTS Commands
cable upstream data-backoff

Use the cable upstream data-backoff command sets data back-off value to assign automatic or fixed start and stop values. Use the no form of this command to return to the default data back-off value.
Note: The automatic setting is recommended.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable upstream <port> data-backoff {automatic | <start> <end>} no cable upstream <port> data-backoff {automatic | <start> <end>} Command Syntax
port automatic start end The upstream port number. Automatic data-backoff. 0 to 15 0 to 15
13-59
cable upstream force-frag

The cable upstream force-frag command is used as a traffic shaping tool that forces the CM to fragment large upstream packets. When a CM sends a request to the CMTS for a large data grant that exceeds the configured minislot threshold, the CMTS grants the CM the configured minislot threshold, which forces the CM to make another data grant request for the remaining data, thereby causing data packets in the original grant to be fragmented by the CM.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable upstream [<port>] force-frag <num:0-255> no cable upstream [<port>] force-frag <num:0-255> Command Syntax
port num Upstream port number. Configured minislot threshold without fragmentation for large data grants from 0 to 255.
Command Default The force fragmentation feature is set to 0 for no forced fragmentation of large data grants.
13-60
CMTS Commands
cable upstream frequency

The cable interface does not operate until a fixed upstream frequency is set. The RF upstream frequency must comply with the expected CM output frequency.
Note: Make sure that the upstream frequency selected does not interfere with the frequencies used for any other upstream applications running in the cable plant.
The cable upstream frequency command sets the fixed frequency for the upstream cable port in Hz. The no cable upstream frequency command returns the default upstream frequency value. Note: Upstream frequency ranges are different depending on your regional implementation of DOCSIS or Euro-DOCSIS. The frequency ranges that appear in the CLI help are related to your implementation of DOCSIS or Euro-DOCSIS determined by the cable downstream annex command.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable upstream [<port>] frequency <up-freq-hz> no cable upstream [<port>] frequency <up-freq-hz> Command Syntax
Command Default none
13-61
port up-freq-hz
Number of the upstream port. The upstream frequency value; valid entries are from 5000000 to 42000000 Hertz (Hz) for DOCSIS or 5000000 to 65000000 Hz for Euro-DOCSIS
13-62
CMTS Commands
cable upstream invited-range-interval

The cable upstream invited-range-interval is used to define the number of retries allowed by the CMTS for inviting ranging requests transmitted by the cable modem (CM). cable upstream <number> invited-range-interval <requests>
Command Default
16 invited range interval requests
Command Syntax
number requests Upstream port number. Number of invited range interval requests from 0 to 3000.
13-63
cable upstream map-interval

The cable upstream map-interval command is used to determine the time interval in microseconds for bandwidth maps messages (MAP) to be used by the CM to allocate upstream time slots. The no cable upstream map-interval command resets the upstream interval to the default.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable upstream <port> map-interval <num> no cable upstream <port> map-interval <num> Command Syntax
port num Upstream port number. Interval value in microseconds, 2000 to 16000.
13-64
CMTS Commands
cable upstream max-calls

The Maximum Assigned Bandwidth (MAB) feature is used on the cable interface to regulate the number of Voice-over-IP (VOIP) calls that are available on a particular upstream channel for Unsolicited Grant Service (UGS) and Unsolicited Grant Service with Activity Detection UGS-AD constant bit rate (CBR) data flows. A definitive limit on the number of voice calls ensures that bandwidth resources are not overused on an upstream channel. Use the cable upstream max-calls command to configure the maximum number of voice calls for an upstream channel. The no cable upstream max-calls command returns the maximum number of voice calls to the default value, which is zero. cable upstream <num: 0-3> max-calls <num: 0-255> no cable upstream <num: 0-3> max-calls <num: 0-255>
Command Syntax
num: 0-3 num: 0-255 Upstream port number. Number of voice calls permitted on the upstream channel.
Command Default The default maximum number of calls is 32. Command Mode Interface Configuration
13-65
cable upstream minislot-size

The minislot size is the number of time ticks. Use the cable upstream minislot-size command to set the number of 6.25 microsecond ticks in each upstream minislot. The no cable upstream minislot-size command returns the minislot size to the default value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable upstream [<port>] minislot-size <size> no cable upstream [<port>] minislot-size <size> Command Syntax
port size Upstream port number. Determines the minislot-size number in ticks. Valid minislot sizes are as follows: (21=2) 2 32 symbols (22=4) 4 64 symbols (23=8) 8 128 symbols (24=16) 16 256 symbols (25=32) 32 512 symbols (26=64) 64 1024 symbols (27=128) 128 2048 symbols
Command Default 4
13-66
CMTS Commands
cable upstream modulation-profile

The cable upstream modulation-profile is used to apply an upstream modulation profile to an upstream channel. The no cable upstream modulation-profile command returns the modulation profile to modulation profile 1.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable upstream [<port>] modulation-profile <profile> no cable upstream [<port>] modulation-profile <profile> Command Syntax
port profile Upstream port number. Modulation profile number from 1 to 16.
Command Default modulation profile 1
13-67
cable upstream physical-delay

The CMTS physical delay function is used to adjust the upstream propagation delay threshold between the CMTS and cable modems (CMs). The CMTS adjusts the physical delay function automatically by default. The cable upstream physical-delay command is used to set fixed or automatic physical delay parameters. You can use the following options to adjust the physical delay function:
A single fixed time can be set for physical delay. Physical delay parameters can be configured so that they are adjusted automatically by the BSR when you specify the automatic option with a specified minimum and maximum microsecond range. If you do not want to specify a range for the automatic option, select the automatic option only.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable upstream <port> physical-delay {automatic [<min-msecs> | <max-msecs> | <cr>] | <msecs>}
no cable upstream <port> physical-delay {automatic [min-msecs | max-msecs | <cr>] | <fixed-msecs>}
Command Syntax
automatic port Automatic physical delay in microseconds. Upstream port number.
13-68
CMTS Commands
min-msecs max-msecs fixed-msecs
Automatic minimum physical delay in microseconds from 200 to 1600. Automatic maximum physical delay in microseconds from 200 to 1600. Fixed physical delay in microseconds from 200 to 1600.
13-69
cable upstream power-level

The BSR CMTS interface controls CM output power levels to meet the desired CMTS upstream input power level. Input power level adjustments to an upstream port compensate for CMTS signal degradation between the optical receiver and the upstream RF port. The cable upstream power-level command is used to set the upstream input power level in absolute mode. In absolute mode, the input power level does not change when the upstream channel width is changed. Defining the input power level in absolute mode could possibly cause upstream return lasers to clip on a completely populated upstream channel. Caution: If the power level is not explicitly set on the upstream interfaces, they default to 0 dBmV in absolute mode with a 3.2 MHz, 2560 kilosymbols per second rate. Ensure that the correct power level is set on each upstream channel. Table 13-2 describes how the upstream channel bandwidth corresponds to the input power-level range and default power-level range for a specific upstream channel.
Table 13-2 Upstream Input Power Level Range Parameters
Upstream Channel Bandwidth

200 KHz 400 KHz 800 KHz 1.6 MHz 3.2 MHz
Default Power-level Range

-1 dBmV +2 dBmV +5 dBmV +8 dBmV +11 dBmV
Power-level Range
-16 to +14 dBmV -13 to +17 dBmV -10 to +20 dBmV -7 to +23 dBmV -4 to +26 dBmV
Caution: Use caution when increasing the input power level in absolute mode. The CMs on the HFC network increase their transmit power level by 3 dB for every incremental upstream channel bandwidth change, causing an increase in the total power on the upstream channel. This may violate the upstream return laser design parameters
13-70
CMTS Commands
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable upstream <port> power-level <power> no cable upstream <port> power-level <power> Command Syntax
port power port number representing the location of the un-installed card The input power level, expressed in dB.
Command Default 0 dB Command Example The following example shows how to use the cable upstream power-level command to set the upstream input power level to +5 dBmV in absolute mode, which keeps the input power level at +5 dBmV regardless of the upstream channel bandwidth setting, as shown below:
MOT(config-if)#cable upstream 0 power-level 50
13-71
cable upstream power-level default

The BSR CMTS interface controls CM output power levels to meet the desired CMTS upstream input power level. Input power level adjustments to an upstream port compensate for CMTS signal degradation between the optical receiver and the upstream RF port. The cable upstream power-level default command is used to set the upstream input power level in relative mode, which means that the input power level changes when the upstream channel width is changed. For example, if the input power level is +11 dBmV for a DOCSIS 3.2 MHz upstream channel bandwidth setting in relative mode and is changed to 1.6 MHz, the default receive power is +8 dBmV. The default power levels for the 3.2 MHz and 1.6 MHz channels are equal relative to their respective channel bandwidth settings Caution: If the power level is not explicitly set on the upstream interfaces, they default to 0 dBmV in absolute mode with a 3.2 MHz, 2560 kilosymbols per second rate. Ensure that the correct power level is set on each upstream channel. Table 13-3 describes how the upstream channel bandwidth corresponds to the input power-level range and default power-level range for a specific upstream channel.
Table 13-3 Upstream Input Power Level Range Parameters
Upstream Channel Bandwidth

200 KHz 400 KHz 800 KHz 1.6 MHz 3.2 MHz
Default Power-level Range

-1 dBmV +2 dBmV +5 dBmV +8 dBmV +11 dBmV
Power-level Range
-16 to +14 dBmV -13 to +17 dBmV -10 to +20 dBmV -7 to +23 dBmV -4 to +26 dBmV
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
13-72
CMTS Commands
Interface Configuration
Command Line Usage cable upstream [<port>] power-level default [<offset>] no cable upstream [<port>] power-level default [<offset>] Command Syntax
port offset Upstream port number. The number of dB above or below the default input power level.
Command Default 0 dB Command Example The following example shows how to use the cable upstream power-level default command to set the input power level for a 3.2 MHz channel in relative mode from +11 dBmV to +5 dBmV:
MOT(config-if)#cable upstream 0 power-level default -60
The default input power level is reduced by 6 dB. The power level is now +5 dBmV. The following example shows how to use the cable upstream power-level default command to set the input power level for a 3.2 MHz channel in relative mode from +11 dBmV to 0 dBmV, as shown below:
MOT(config-if)#cable upstream 0 power-level default -110
The default input power level is reduced by 11 dB.
13-73
cable upstream pre-equalization

The cable upstream pre-equalization command enables pre-equalization adjustment on the upstream port that includes sending pre-equalization coefficients in a ranging response to a CM to compensate for impairment over the transmission line. The no cable upstream pre-equalization command disables the pre-equalization function.
Note: Not all CMs support the pre-equalization adjustment. If a CM does not support this adjustment, the BSR CMTS interface may not be able to receive upstream data correctly from the CM.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable upstream [<port>] pre-equalization no cable upstream [<port>] pre-equalization Command Syntax
port Upstream port number.
13-74
CMTS Commands
cable upstream range-backoff

Use the cable upstream range-backoff command to set the start and end upstream range-backoff values for a CM or re-establish a CM if a power outage occurs. Use the no cable upstream range-backoff command return the ranging back-off default value. If you choose automatic, the system sets the upstream data-backoff start and end values.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable upstream [<port>] range-backoff [automatic] <start> <end> no cable upstream [<port>] range-backoff [automatic] <start> <end> Command Syntax
port automatic start end Upstream port number. automatic data backoff 0 to 15 0 to 15
Command Default start 0, end 4
13-75
cable upstream range-power-override

The cable upstream range-power-override command enables CM power adjustment.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable upstream <port> range-power-override no cable upstream <port> range-power-override
13-76
CMTS Commands
cable upstream rate-limit

The cable upstream rate-limit command controls whether rate-limiting is applied to any CM sending upstream data to the CMTS on a given upstream interface. The no cable upstream rate-limit command changes the rate limit applied to a cable modem sending upstream data to the CMTS back to the default. The token-bucket algorithm is used for rate-limiting. Note: If the rate-limit is enabled, data received from cable modems are rate-limited according to the cable modems configured. Packets may be dropped at times when any cable modem, or the hosts behind the cable modems, transmit data exceeding the permitted bandwidth.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable upstream [<port>] rate-limit no cable upstream [<port>] rate-limit Command Syntax
port values 0 to 3
Command Default rate-limiting disabled
13-77
cable upstream spectrum-group

The cable upstream spectrum-group command is used to apply a spectrum group to an upstream port.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable upstream <port> spectrum-group <group-name> no cable upstream <port> spectrum-group <group-name> Command Syntax
port group-name number of the upstream port The exact group name applied to the upstream port.
13-78
CMTS Commands
cable upstream shutdown

The cable upstream shutdown command administratively disables the upstream port. The no cable upstream shutdown command enables an upstream port.
Note: Ensure that each upstream port is enabled after the port is properly configured and ready for use.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable upstream [<port>] shutdown no cable upstream [<port>] shutdown Command Syntax
port Upstream port number.
Command Default Each upstream port is disabled.
13-79
cable upstream channel-width

Use the cable upstream channel-width command to configure the upstream channel width. Use the no cable upstream channel-width command to return the upstream channel width to the default value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage cable upstream [<port>] channel-width <width> no cable upstream [<port>] channel-width <width> Command Syntax
port width Upstream port number. The upstream channel width in Hertz (Hz); valid entries are 200000, 400000, 800000, 1600000, or 3200000.
Command Default 3.2 MHz or 3200000 Hertz
13-80
CMTS Commands
clear cable flap-list

The clear cable flap-list command clears the cable flap-list. You can either clear the flap-list of a specific cable modem by specifying its MAC address or clear the flap-lists of all the cable modems by using the all option.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear cable flap-list [<mac-address> | all] Command Syntax
mac-address all MAC address in the form of xxxx.xxxx.xxxx apply to all MAC addresses
13-81
clear cable modem reset

Use the clear cable modem reset command options to do the following:

Group Access
Reset a single CM by using its MAC address. Reset specific group of CMs. Reset a single CM by using its IP address. Reset all CMs connected to the BSR.
MSO
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear cable modem {<mac-address> [<mac-mask>] | <ip-address> | all} reset Command Syntax
mac-address mac-mask ip-address all CM MAC address. MAC address mask that specifies a group of cable modems CM IP address. All CMs.
13-82
CMTS Commands
clear counters cable

The clear counters cable clears counters for a cable interface.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC. Command Line Usage clear counters <slot>/<interface> Command Syntax
slot interface Cable slot number. Cable interface number.
13-83
collect interval
The collect interval command to configure the interval rate at which data collection is performed by the spectrum manager.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage collect interval <seconds> Command Syntax
seconds The time interval from 60 to 65535 seconds
13-84
CMTS Commands
collect spectrum-data cable upstream

The collect spectrum-data cable upstream command is used to collect spectrum data information manually. collect spectrum-data cable <slot>/<interface> upstream <port>
Command Syntax
slot interface port DOCSIS module slot number. Cable interface number. The upstream port number
13-85
collect resolution
The collect resolution command is used to configure the frequency resolution rate that the spectrum manager performs.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage collect resolution <Hz> Command Syntax
Hz The resolution in Hertz from 200000 to 3200000. The default resolution is 200000 Hz.
13-86
CMTS Commands
dhcpLeaseQuery authorization on
The dhcpLeaseQuery authorization on command enables the exchange of DHCP lease query messages between the CMTS and a DHCP server. The no dhcpLeaseQuery authorization on command disables this exchange. When an IP packet is either received from or destined to a Host/CPE which does not have an entry in the BSR64000s DHCP Lease table, the DHCP Lease Query feature will attempt to identify the Host/CPE. If the DHCP Lease Query attempt fails, packets associated with this Host/CPE are discarded.
Group Access
Command Mode Interface Configuration (Cable Interface) Command Line Usage dhcpLeaseQuery {authorization {on}} no dhcpLeaseQuery {authorization {on}} Command Syntax
authorization on Authorization configuration Turn on the authorization (Disables Proxy Arp)
13-87
guard-band
The guard-band command is used to define the minimum spectrum separation or spacing between upstream channels in the same spectrum group.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage guard-band <number> no guard-band <number> Command Syntax
number is the guard band separation size from 0 to 60000000 Hz. Default guard band is 1000 Hz.
13-88
CMTS Commands
hop action band

The hop action band command is used to determine the search order for each frequency band during the frequency hop action.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage hop action band {<start> <end>} [priority <number>] no hop action band {<start> <end>} [priority <number>] Command Syntax
start end number The start upstream frequency band from 5000000 to 42000000 Hz. The end upstream frequency band from 5000000 to 42000000 Hz. The upstream band priority from 1 to 255. When no priority is assigned, the default priority is 128.
13-89
hop action channel-width

The hop action channel-width command is used to change the upstream channel-width setting before a frequency hop action.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage hop action channel-width <width> [priority <number>] no hop action channel-width <width> [priority <number>] Command Syntax
width number The upstream channel width setting. The priority number of the upstream channel width setting. When no priority is assigned, the default priority is 128.
13-90
CMTS Commands
hop action frequency

The hop action frequency is used to determine the frequency search order for either discrete center frequencies or frequency bands during the frequency hop action.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage hop action frequency <frequency> [priority <number>] no hop action frequency <frequency> [priority <number>] Command Syntax
frequency number The upstream frequency from 5000000 to 42000000 Hz The upstream frequency priority from 1 to 255. When no priority is assigned, the default priority is 128.
13-91
hop action modulation-profile

The hop action modulation-profile command is used to change the modulation profile setting before a frequency hop action.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage hop action modulation-profile <profile-number> [priority <number>] no hop action modulation-profile <profile-number> [priority <number>] Command Syntax
profile-number number The modulation profile number. The default modulation profiles are 1 and 2. The priority number of the upstream modulation profile. When no priority is assigned, the default priority is 128.
13-92
CMTS Commands
hop action power-level

The hop action power-level command is used to change the power-level setting before a frequency hop action.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage hop action power-level {<power> | default <offset>} [priority <number>] no hop action power-level {<power> | default <offset>} [priority <number>] Command Syntax
power offset number The input power level, expressed in dB. The number of dB above or below the default input power level. The the priority number of the upstream power level. When no priority is assigned, the default priority is 128.
13-93
hop action roll-back

The spectrum roll-back function is disabled by default. The hop action roll-back command is used to return the upstream channel width or modulation profile setting, that was adjusted during a hop action, to the original configuration when upstream channel conditions improve.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage hop action roll-back no hop action roll-back
13-94
CMTS Commands
hop period
The hop period command is used to prevent excessive frequency hops on an upstream port.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage hop period <seconds> no hop period <seconds> Command Syntax
seconds The rate at which the frequency hop takes place from 1 to 3600 seconds. The default hop period is 300 seconds.
13-95
hop threshold flap

A frequency hopping threshold is configured to prevent unnecessary frequency hops in instances when one or a minimal number of cable modems (CMs) lose their connection with the BSR. The frequency hopping threshold is determined by the percentage of CMs that lose their connectivity. The default frequency hopping threshold is 100 percent. The hop threshold flap command is used to trigger when a greater than a set percentage of CMs lose their connectivity.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group Command Line Usage hop threshold flap <percent> no hop threshold flap <percent> Command Syntax
percent The percentage of CMs that lose connectivity.
13-96
CMTS Commands
interface cable
The interface cable command is used to enter the cable interface.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage interface cable [<slot>/<interface>] Command Syntax
slot interface DOCSIS module slot number. Cable interface number.
13-97
ip dhcp relay information option

The IP DHCP relay function is used only when multiple subnetworks are configured on the same cable interface. The IP DHCP relay function gathers broadcast DHCP MAC discovery packets from a DHCP host, such as a CM or Customer Premises Equipment (CPE), and redirect the packets to their corresponding DHCP server or DHCP server profile if there is only one DHCP server. The DHCP server assigns an IP address to the CM or CPE that requested the IP address. Use the ip dhcp relay information option command to enable the DHCP option-82 relay-agent on the cable interface. Use the no ip dhcp relay information option command to disable the DHCP option-82 relay-agent on the cable interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip dhcp relay information option no ip dhcp relay information option Command Default DHCP option-82 disabled
13-98
CMTS Commands
ping docsis
The ping docsis command is used to ping a cable modem (CM) on the network at the MAC layer to determine if the CM is online by entering the CMs MAC or IP address. When a DOCSIS ping is initiated, the BSR sends a test packet downstream towards the CM to test its connection. In most instances, this command is used to determine if a particular CM is able to communicate at the MAC address layer when a cable modem has connectivity problems at the network layer. For example, if a CM is unable to register and obtain an IP address, the ping DOCSIS command can help you determine if there are provisioning problems associated with the CM.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Privileged EXEC and Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ping docsis {<mac-address> | <ip-address>} [<number>] Command Syntax
mac-address ip-address number The MAC address of the CM. The IP address of the CM The number of ping test packets to be sent to the cable modem, from 1 to 100.
13-99
show host authorization

The show host authorization command displays the host authorization enabled state and displays all cable host entries in the ARP authorization table.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All Modes Command Line Usage show host authorization [cpe] Command Syntax cpe
Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) devices such as PCs
13-100
CMTS Commands
show cable device address-auth

The show cable device address-auth command is used to display the IP address associated with a specified CMs or CPEs MAC address. The matching is either learned through ARP or configured in the ARP authorization table.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable device <mac-address> address-auth Command Syntax
mac-address Physical address of a CM in the following format: xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
13-101
show cable downstream

The show cable downstream command displays the following downstream cable information: ifIndex: annex: frequency: rfModulation: interleaveDepth: qamMode: channelWidth: powerLevel: Reserved BW: Spectrum Group: interface index the downstream MPEG framing format radio frequency carrier center frequency radio frequency enabled depth of interleaving to provide protection from noise downstream modulation type radio frequency channel width downstream transmit power level the amount of reserved downstream bandwidth configured the associated Spectrum Group names
Group Access
All
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage show cable downstream [<0-0>] Command Syntax
0-0
MAC domain identification
13-102
CMTS Commands
show cable flap-list

The show cable flap-list command shows cable modem flap-lists.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable flap-list [sort-flap | sort-time] show cable flap-list sort-interface [sort-flap | sort-time]
13-103
show cable insert-interval

The show cable insert-interval command shows the frequency at which the initial maintenance interval appears in MAP messages.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage show cable insert-interval
13-104
CMTS Commands
show cable modem

The show cable modem command is used to gather a variety of cable modem (CM) statistical information used to evaluate network performance, troubleshoot registration problems, and learn specific registration and ranging information on modems connected to a specific interface. Use the show cable modem command to see detailed modem configuration information for a specific head-end modem. The following information is provided:
Interface Upstream IF Index Prim SID Connectivity State CM interface with active connection Upstream interface to which the cable modem belongs. Primary Service Identifier number. Describes the connectivity state of a cable modem. The table below describes the 20 cable modem connectivity states supported on the BSR. CM current timing adjustment. CM receive downstream power level in dbmv. CM IP address Media Access Control layer address
Timing offset Rec Power IP address MAC address
Cable modem connectivity states are as follows:

init(o) init(t) init(r1) init(r2) init(rc) dhcp(d) dhcp(o) dhcp(req) dhcp(ack) Option file transfer was started. Time-of-day (TOD) exchange was started. CM sent initial ranging parameters. CM is ranging. Ranging is complete. DHCP Discover was sent by CM. DHCP Offer was received. DHCP Request was sent by CM. DHCP Ack was received, IP address was assigned by DHCP server.
13-105
online online(d) online(un) online(pk)
CM registered; enabled for data. CM registered, but network access for the CM is disabled. CM registered, but not enabled data. Fail to verify modems identity by BPI module. CM registered; baseline privacy interface (BPI) enabled, and key encryption key (KEK) is assigned. CM registered; BPI enabled, and traffic encryption key (TEK) is assigned. CM did attempt to register; registration was refused due to bad mic. CM did attempt to register; registration was refused due to bad COS. CM did attempt to register, registration was refused due to unavailable resource. KEK modem key assignment is rejected. TEK modem key assignment is rejected. CM is considered to be offline.
online(pt) reject(m) reject(c) reject(r) reject(pk) reject(pt) offline
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem <cr> [<mac-address> | <ip-address>] Command Syntax
cr mac-address ip-address A command return shows all CMs connected to the BSR. cable modem MAC address; physical address CM IP address
13-106
CMTS Commands
show cable modem cpe

The show cable modem cpe command displays the following Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) information for all cable interfaces, a particular upstream port, or a specific CPE: Interface PSID CM MAC CM IP CPE MAC the downstream cable interface and upstream port the cable modem is connected to the upstream Primary SID number associated with this cable modem the cable modems MAC address the cable modems IP address the MAC address of a CPE device connected to the cable modem displayed in the command output the IP address of a CPE device connected to the cable modem displayed in the command output the CPE count per cable modem
CPE IP
Count
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem [<mac>] cpe show cable modem cpe [<X/Y>] [upstream [<0-7>]] [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude] [<WORD>]
13-107
Command Syntax
mac X/Y upstream 0-7 | begin exclude include WORD the cable modems MAC address the BSR 64000 CMTS slot and port number the upstream port number turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
13-108
CMTS Commands
show cable modem detail

The show cable modem detail command can be used to display information for a SID assigned to a CM on a specific DOCSIS interface, as shown below: show cable modem detail {<slot>/<interface> <sid>} - or The show cable modem detail command can be used to display information for a specific modem connected to a specific interface, as shown below: show cable modem detail [<mac-address> | <ip-address>]
Command Syntax
slot interface mac-address ip-address sid DOCSIS module slot number. Cable interface number. The CM MAC address. The CM IP address. The Service Identifier assigned to a CM.
13-109
show cable modem hosts

The show cable modem hosts command displays the number of Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) hosts connected to a specific CM.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem <mac-address> | <ip-address> hosts Command Syntax
mac-address ip-address MAC address IP address
13-110
CMTS Commands
show cable modem mac

The show cable modem mac command displays the following MAC layer (layer 2) information for all cable modems attached to the BSR, cable modems on a specific CMTS module, or a specific cable modem: MAC Address MAC State the cable modems MAC address the stage of connectivity that the cable modem has achieved with the CMTS - offline or in one of a number of online, init, or reject states the Primary SID number associated with this cable modem the version of the DOCSIS specification that this cable modem supports - this field does not necessarily indicate the DOCSIS version that a cable modem is running yes indicates that this cable modem is capable of performing DOCSIS 1.1 style fragmentation yes indicates that this cable modem is capable of performing concatenation yes indicates that this cable modem is capable of performing DOCSIS 1.1 style Payload Header Suppression (PHS) BPI+ indicates that this Cable Modem is capable of supporting BPI+ encryption if not, it displays BPI
Prim SID Ver
Frag
Concat PHS
Priv
13-111
DS Saids
the number of BPI+ style downstream Security Association Identifiers (SAIDs) that this cable modem supports (DOCSIS 1.1 modems only) the number of upstream Service IDentifiers (SIDs) that this cable modem supports (DOCSIS 1.1 modems only)
US Sids
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem [<mac>] mac show cable modem mac [<X/Y>] Command Syntax
mac X/Y the cable modems MAC address the BSR 64000 CMTS slot and port number
13-112
CMTS Commands
show cable modem maintenance

The show cable modem maintenance command displays the following station maintenance error statistics for all cable modems attached to the BSR, cable modems on a specific CMTS module, or a specific cable modem: Mac Address I/F Prime Sid SM Exhausted Count - Time SM Aborted Count - Time the MAC address of the cable modem the interface on which the cable modem has an active connection the primary service identifier assigned to the modem the number of times a CM was dropped because it did not reply to station maintenance requests the number of times the CM was dropped because its operational parameters were unacceptable including power level outside of the acceptable range, or the timing offset changes
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem [<mac>] maintenance show cable modem maintenance [<X/Y>]
13-113
Command Syntax
13-114
CMTS Commands
show cable modem offline

The show cable modem offline command provides the following information about cable modems that are offline: Interface Prim Sid Mac address cable modem interface with active connection Primary Service Identifier number cable modem Media Access Control layer address
DeRegistration Timestamp the time at which the modem deregistered in month,date,hh:mm:ss format lastTxBytes lastRxBytes the size of the last transmitted data the size of the last received data
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem offline [<0-15> | <mac>] [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>]
13-115
Command Syntax
0-15 mac | begin exclude include WORD the BSR 64000 CMTS slot number the cable modem MAC address turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
13-116
CMTS Commands
show cable modem phy

The show cable modem phy command displays the following physical hardware information for or all cable modems attached to the BSR, cable modems on a specific CMTS module, or a specific cable modem: Mac Address USPwr (dBmV) USSNR (tenthdB) the MAC address of the cable modem the upstream power level in dBmV at which this cable modem is transmitting the estimated upstream signal to noise ratio of signals generated by this cable modem as measured at the CMTS upstream port the ranging time offset for the cable modem
Timing Offset
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem [<mac>] phy show cable modem phy [<X/Y>] Command Syntax
13-117
show cable modem registered

The show cable modem registered command displays the following information about registered cable modems: Interface Prim Sid Connect State cable modem interface with active connection Primary Service Identifier number describes the connectivity state of a cable modem. The table below describes the 20 cable modem connectivity states supported on the BSR current cable modem timing adjustment. cable modem receive downstream power level in dbmv cable modem IP address cable modem Media Access Control layer address
Timing Offset Rec Power Ip address Mac address
Cable modem connectivity states are as follows: online online(d) online(un) online(pk) CM registered; enabled for data. CM registered, but network access for the CM is disabled. CM registered, but not enabled data. Fail to verify modems identity by BPI module. CM registered; baseline privacy interface (BPI) enabled, and key encryption key (KEK) is assigned. CM registered; BPI enabled, and traffic encryption key (TEK) is assigned. CM did attempt to register, registration was refused due to unavailable resource.
online(pt) reject(r)
13-118
CMTS Commands
reject(pk) reject(pt)
KEK modem key assignment is rejected. TEK modem key assignment is rejected.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem registered [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>]
13-119
Command Syntax
13-120
CMTS Commands
show cable modem stats

The show cable modem stats command displays the following statistics for each cable modem on a CMTS module. This includes cable modems that are off-line. Interface Prim Sid Connect State cable modem interface with active connection Primary Service Identifier number describes the connectivity state of a cable modem. The table below describes the 20 cable modem connectivity states supported on the BSR. cable modem Media Access Control layer address the length of time a cable modem has been registered in ddd:hh:mm:ss format the number of unicast bytes that have been transmitted the number of unicast bytes that have been received
Mac Address Registration Time TxBytes RxBytes
Cable modem connectivity states are as follows: init(r1) init(r2) init(rc) dhcp(d) dhcp(o) dhcp(req) dhcp(ack) init(o) init(t) CM sent initial ranging parameters. CM is ranging. ranging is complete. DHCP Discover was sent by CM. DHCP Offer was received. DHCP Request was sent by CM. DHCP Ack was received, IP address was assigned by DHCP server. option file transfer was started. Time-of-day (TOD) exchange was started.
13-121
online online(d) online(un) online(pk)
CM registered; enabled for data. CM registered, but network access for the CM is disabled. CM registered, but not enabled data. Fail to verify modems identity by BPI module. CM registered; baseline privacy interface (BPI) enabled, and key encryption key (KEK) is assigned. CM registered; BPI enabled, and traffic encryption key (TEK) is assigned. CM did attempt to register; registration was refused due to bad mic. CM did attempt to register; registration was refused due to bad COS. CM did attempt to register, registration was refused due to unavailable resource. KEK modem key assignment is rejected. TEK modem key assignment is rejected. CM is considered to be offline.
online(pt) reject(m) reject(c) reject(r) reject(pk) reject(pt) offline
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem {<0-15> | <mac> | <prefix>} stats [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude] [<WORD>]
13-122
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
0-15 mac prefix | begin exclude include WORD the BSR 64000 CMTS slot number the cable modem MAC address the IP address turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
13-123
show cable modem summary

The show cable modem summary command displays the following cable modem information: Interface Total Registered Unregistered the BSR 64000 CMTS slot and port number the total number of active, registered, and offline cable modems the number of cable modems in any Init, DHCP, Reject state or substate the number of cable modems which have reached the Online(d), Online (pk), Online(pt) or Online(un) states the number of cable modems which have no state and are not communicating but were previously provisioned - these modems are assumed to be powered off
Offline
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem summary [X/Y] [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
X/Y | begin the BSR 64000 slot and port number turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string
13-124
CMTS Commands
exclude include WORD
filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
13-125
show cable modem summary total

The show cable modem summary total command displays the following cable modem information: Interface Total Modems Active Modems Registered Modems the BSR 64000 CMTS slot and port number the total number of active, registered, and offline cable modems the number of cable modems in any Init, DHCP, Reject state or substate the number of cable modems which have reached the Online(d), Online (pk), Online(pt) or Online(un) states
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem summary [X/Y] total [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
X/Y | begin exclude the BSR 64000 slot and port number turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string
13-126
CMTS Commands
include WORD
13-127
show cable modem svc-flow-id

The show cable modem svc-flow-id displays service flow identifiers (SFIDs) used by a specific cable modem (CM). show cable modem <mac-address> | <ip-address> svc-flow-id
Command Syntax
mac-address ip-address MAC address in the form of xxxx.xxxx.xxxx SFID IP address
Command Default none Command Mode Privileged EXEC
13-128
CMTS Commands
show cable modem time-registered

The show cable modem time-registered command displays how long a cable modem has been registered. This command can be used to specify individual cable modems, cable modems associated with a particular BSR 64000 chassis slot, or cable modems associated with a particular Spectrum Group. The following information is provided: Interface Connect State cable modem interface with active connection describes the connectivity state of a cable modem. The table below describes the 20 cable modem connectivity states supported on the BSR. cable modem Media Access Control layer address the length of time a cable modem has been registered in ddd:hh:mm:ss format the associated Spectrum Group name
Mac Address Registration Time Spectrum Group:
Cable modem connectivity states are as follows: online online(d) online(un) online(pk) CM registered; enabled for data. CM registered, but network access for the CM is disabled. CM registered, but not enabled data. Fail to verify modems identity by BPI module. CM registered; baseline privacy interface (BPI) enabled, and key encryption key (KEK) is assigned. CM registered; BPI enabled, and traffic encryption key (TEK) is assigned. CM did attempt to register; registration was refused due to bad mic.
online(pt) reject(m)
13-129
reject(c) reject(r) reject(pk) reject(pt)
CM did attempt to register; registration was refused due to bad COS. CM did attempt to register, registration was refused due to unavailable resource. KEK modem key assignment is rejected. TEK modem key assignment is rejected.
Group Access
All
show cable modem time-registered {<mac> | slot <NUM> | spectrum-group <WORD>} [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>]
13-130
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
mac slot NUM spectrum-group WORD | begin exclude include WORD the MAC address of a particular cable modem the BSR 64000 chassis slot number the Spectrum Group name turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
13-131
show cable modem unregistered

The show cable modem unregistered command displays the following information about unregistered cable modems: Interface Prim Sid Connect State cable modem interface with active connection Primary Service Identifier number describes the connectivity state of a cable modem. The table below describes the 20 cable modem connectivity states supported on the BSR. current cable modem timing adjustment cable modem receive downstream power level in dbmv cable modem IP address cable modem Media Access Control layer address
Timing Offset Rec Power Ip address Mac address
Cable modem connectivity states are as follows: init(r1) init(r2) init(rc) dhcp(d) dhcp(o) dhcp(req) dhcp(ack) init(o) init(t) offline CM sent initial ranging parameters. CM is ranging. ranging is complete. DHCP Discover was sent by CM. DHCP Offer was received. DHCP Request was sent by CM. DHCP Ack was received, IP address was assigned by DHCP server. option file transfer was started. Time-of-day (TOD) exchange was started. CM is considered to be offline.
13-132
CMTS Commands
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modem unregistered [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>]
13-133
Command Syntax
13-134
CMTS Commands
show cable modulation-profile

A modulation profile contains six burst profiles sent out in a UCD message to configure CM transmit parameters. The show cable modulation-profile command displays the modulation profile group information. Table 13-4 describes the show cable modulation-profile command output fields:
Table 13-4 show cable modulation-profile Fields
Field
Burst len Diff encode FEC err corre FEC len Guard time size Intvl usage code Last code-word MOD type mod Preambl length Profile (1-16) Scrambl Scrambl seed
Identification
Burst length Indication of diff encode Number of corrected Forward Error Correction errors FEC length Guard time size IUC of upstream transmit burst class Last codeword shortened Upstream modulation type Length of the preamble Modulation profile group Scramble enabled indication Seed of the scrambler
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable modulation-profile [<profile> [<iuc-code>]]
13-135
Command Syntax profile

iuc-code
profile number, valid values 1 to 16, if none exist, not shown internal usage code
13-136
CMTS Commands
show cable privacy auth

The show cable privacy auth command displays the AK grace time and life time values.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable privacy auth
13-137
show cable privacy cm-auth

The show cable privacy cm-auth command displays baseline privacy (BPI) authorization key (AK) information for an individual cable modem (CM) using its MAC address.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage show cable privacy cm-auth <mac-address> Command Syntax
mac-address CM 6-byte MAC address.
13-138
CMTS Commands
show cable privacy cmts

The show cable privacy cmts command displays all the baseline privacy statistics specified by the MIB for the cable interface.
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage show cable privacy cmts
13-139
show cable qos svc-flow classifier

A service flow classifier matches a packet to a service flow using a service flow reference. The service flow reference associates a packet classifier encoding with a service flow encoding to establish a SFID. Classifiers have the following features:
Classifiers are loosely ordered by priority. Several classifiers can refer to the same service flow. More than one classifier may have the same priority. The CMTS uses a downstream classifier to assign packets to downstream service flows. The CM uses an upstream classifier to assign packets to upstream service flows.
The show cable qos svc-flow classifier command is used to display the packet classifiers of a service flow configured on the cable interface.
Group Access
All
show cable qos svc-flow classifier {<slot>/<interface> <svc-flow-id> <classifier-id>}.
Note: If the Classifier ID is not given, all the classifiers with the given SFID are listed.
Command Syntax
Displays all classifiers in the system.
13-140
CMTS Commands
slot interface svc-flow-id classifier-id
DOCSIS module slot number. Cable interface number. SFID 1,4,294,967,295 Classifier identification from 1 to 65535.
13-141
show cable qos svc-flow dynamic-stat

The show cable qos svc-flow dynamic-stat command displays the statistics for dynamic service additions, deletions, and changes for both upstream and downstream service flows.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable qos svc-flow dynamic-stat Command Default Displays all service flows in system.
13-142
CMTS Commands
show cable qos svc-flow log

The show cable qos svc-flow log command displays the time that the service flow was created or deleted, the total number of packets counted, and the MAC address of the cable modem (CM) that used the service flow.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable qos svc-flow log
13-143
show cable qos svc-flow phs

The show cable qos svc-flow phs command displays the payload header suppression (PHS) configured for an interface that is used for a specific service flow.
Note: If the PHS is not specified, all PHS entries with the specified SFIDs are listed.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable qos svc-flow phs [<slot>/<interface> [<svc-flow-id> [<phs-id>]]] Command Syntax
slot interface svc-flow-id phs-id DOCSIS module slot number. Cable interface number. Service flow 1-4,294,967,295. Payload header suppression 1-255.
Command Default Displays all of the service flows in the system.
13-144
CMTS Commands
show cable qos svc-flow statistics

The show cable qos svc-flow statistics command is used to determine the number of dropped packets due to downstream rate-limiting for a particular service flow.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable qos svc-flow statistics [<slot>/<interface> [<svc-flow-id>]] Command Syntax
slot interface service-flow-id DOCSIS module slot number. Cable interface number. service flow identification 1-4292967295
Command Default Displays all the service flows in the system.
13-145
show cable qos svc-flow summary

The show cable qos svc-flow summary command displays the service flow information, including the SID, and QoS parameters sets associated with the service flow.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable qos svc-flow summary [<slot>/<interface> [<svc-flow-id>]] Command Syntax
slot interface svc-flow-id DOCSIS module slot number. Cable interface number. Service flow ID 1-4292967295.
Command Default displays all of the service flows in the system
13-146
CMTS Commands
show cable qos svc-flow upstream-stat

The show cable qos svc-flow upstream-stat command is used to display the number of fragmented packets, incomplete fragmented packets, and the number of concatenated bursts counted on the service flow.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable qos svc-flow upstream-stat [<slot>/<interface> [<sid>]] Command Syntax
slot interface sid DOCSIS module slot number. Cable interface number. service identifier 1-16383
Command Default Displays all system upstream service flows.
13-147
show cable spectrum-group

The show cable spectrum-group command is used to verify if the spectrum group that you assigned is activated for the upstream port.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable spectrum-group [<group-name> | <cr>] Command Syntax
group-name cr The exact group name applied to the upstream port. Display all spectrum-groups on the cable interface.
13-148
CMTS Commands
show cable sync-interval

The show cable sync-interval command shows the configured sync-interval value between CMTS transmission of successive SYNC messages.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage show cable sync-interval
13-149
show cable ucd-interval

The show cable usd-interval command shows configured ucd-interval between transmission of successive UCD messages.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage show cable ucd-interval
13-150
CMTS Commands
show cable privacy auth

The show cable privacy auth command shows Authorization Key (AK) grace-time and life-time values.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable privacy auth
13-151
show cable privacy tek

The show cable privacy tek command shows Traffic Encryption Key (TEC) grace time and life-time values.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show cable privacy tek
13-152
CMTS Commands
show cable upstream

The show cable upstream command displays the following upstream cable information: ifIndex: centerFreq: rng_back_st: rng_back_en: data_back_st: data_back_en: channelWidth: powerLevel: slotSize: force-frag: map-interval: pre-equalization: invited-range-interval: range-forced-continue: range-power-override: physical-delay: rate-limit: modulation-profile: max-calls: Spectrum Group: interface index center frequency for cable modem use initial ranging backoff fixed start value initial ranging backoff fixed end value initial data backoff fixed start value initial data backoff fixed end value radio frequency channel width input power level port minislot size in number of time ticks forced fragmentation enabled configured map interval value pre-equalization adjustment enabled the number of invited range interval requests configured for this upstream channel range forced continue enabled range power override enabled the upstream physical delay configuration upstream data transmission rate-limit physical layer profile characteristics the maximum number of voice calls configured for this upstream channel the associated Spectrum Group name
13-153
Group Access
All
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage show cable upstream <NUM> Command Syntax
NUM the upstream channel number 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7
13-154
CMTS Commands
show interface cable

The show interfaces cable command displays the following cable interface information: cable port up/ administratively down up/administratively down hardware internet address MTU BW received broadcast cable downstream up/ administratively down packets output bytes discarded output errors cable upstream up/ administratively down received broadcasts cable modem active or taken down by administrator determines if software processes handling lineup/protocol down interface is operational or taken down by the administrator hardware type and address internet address then subnet mask interface maximum transmission unit (MTU) bandwidth (BW) in kilobits per second total number of broadcast or multicast packets that interface receives downstream interface location interface administrative state number of packets transmitted from the interface number of bytes transmitted from the interface number of packets discarded errors that prevented downstream transmission of packets from the interface upstream cable location upstream interface administrative status upstream interface broadcast packets received
13-155
multicasts unicasts discards errors unknown protocol packets input corrected uncorrectable noise microreflections guaranteed-rate
upstream interface multicast packets received upstream interface unicast packets received upstream interface discarded packets total errors preventing upstream interface transmission through interface upstream interface packets received through interface upstream interface packets received through interface with no errors upstream interface packets that were uncorrected upstream interface packets that were corrected corrupted packet as a result of line noise corrupted packets as a result of microreflections number of bandwidth requests queued in the guarantee-rate queue from modems that have minimum upstream rates for their class of service number of bandwidth requests queued in the best-effort queue depth queue from modems without a reserved rate on the upstream interface modems, active or inactive, sharing upstream channel on this channel reserved for modems sharing an upstream channel interface
best-effort service
total modems current total
13-156
CMTS Commands
bandwidth
requiring the QoS for that modem. Each time the modem connects to an upstream channel, the value for the guaranteed upstream value increments by the QoS rate. number of SNMP packets sent by the other router modem larger than maximum packet size sent by the router modem name errors non-existent number, undefinable MIB number of set requests that detail an invalid value for a MIB object number of requests failed due to some other error, excluding a noSuchName error, badValue error, or any of the other specific errors number of responses number of traps sent
snmp out packets packets too big no such name errors bad values errors general errors
response trap
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show interface cable [<port>] [downstream | upstream] Command Syntax
port downstream upstream port number shows cable downstream port information shows cable upstream port information
13-157
show interfaces cable downstream

The show interfaces cable downstream command displays the following downstream cable information: cable upstream up/ administratively down packets output bytes discarded total active modems Spectrum Group: downstream cable location downstream interface administrative status number of packets transmitted from the interface number of bytes transmitted from the interface number of packets discarded total active cable modems on this downstream channel the associated upstream Spectrum Group names
Group Access
All
show interfaces cable <X/Y> downstream [<0-0>] [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>]
13-158
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
X/Y 0-0 | begin exclude include WORD BSR 64000 slot and port number downstream port number turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
13-159
show interfaces cable upstream

The show interfaces cable upstream command displays the following upstream cable interface information: Cable Upstream up/ administratively down Received broadcasts Received multicasts Received unicasts discarded errors unknown protocol packets input upstream cable location upstream interface administrative status upstream interface broadcast packets received upstream interface multicast packets received upstream interface unicast packets received upstream interface discarded packets total errors preventing upstream transmission of packets packets received that were generated using a protocol unknown to the BSR 64000 total packets received through the upstream interface with no errors
Total Modems On This active or inactive cable modems on this Upstream Channel upstream channel Spectrum Group: the associated Spectrum Group name
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show interfaces cable <X/Y> upstream <NUM> [signal-quality | spectrum <5000000-42000000> | stats] [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>]
13-160
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
X/Y NUM signal-quality spectrum 5000000-42000000 stats | begin exclude include WORD the BSR 64000 slot and port number the upstream channel number 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 display signal-quality information display Spectrum Group information start frequency in hz display upstream statistical information turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
13-161
show interfaces cable upstream spectrum

The show interface cable upstream spectrum command is used to view the noise power level for the whole spectrum.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show interface cable <slot>/<interface> upstream <port> spectrum Command Syntax
slot interface port The DOCSIS module number. The cable interface number. The upstream port number
13-162
CMTS Commands
show stats cmts

The show stats cmts command displays the following upstream and downstream statistical information: Upstream Statistics
cable upstream up/ administratively down Received broadcasts Received multicasts Received unicasts discarded errors unknown protocol
upstream cable location upstream interface administrative status upstream interface broadcast packets received upstream interface multicast packets received upstream interface unicast packets received upstream interface discarded packets total errors preventing upstream transmission of packets packets received that were generated using a protocol unknown to the BSR 64000
Total Modems On This total active or inactive cable modems on this Upstream Channel upstream channel Spectrum Group: the associated Spectrum Group name
Downstream Statistics
cable downstream up/ administratively down packets output
downstream cable location downstream interface administrative status number of packets transmitted from the interface
13-163
bytes discarded total active modems Spectrum Group:
number of bytes transmitted from the interface number of packets discarded total active cable modems on this downstream channel the associated upstream Spectrum Group names
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show stats <NUM> cmts [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
NUM | begin exclude include WORD the BSR 64000 CMTS slot number turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
13-164
CMTS Commands
time band
The time band command is used to schedule when a spectrum group band is available. The spectrum group band can be made available on either a daily or weekly schedule. The time command can be used to schedule the time for when the spectrum group band becomes available on a daily basis: time <hh:mm:ss> band {<start> <end>} The time band command can be used to schedule the time for when the spectrum group band becomes available on a weekly basis: time {<day> <hh:mm:ss>} band {<start> <end>} The no time band command is used to delete the existing availability time for a band: no time {<day> | <hh:mm:ss>} band {<start> <end>}
Command Syntax
group-name day hh:mm:ss start end The spectrum group name. The three letter abbreviation for day of the week. The time during the day when the band becomes available. The start upstream frequency from 5000000 to 42000000 Hertz. The end upstream frequency from 5000000 to 42000000 Hertz.
Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group
13-165
time delete
The time delete command can be used to schedule the time when the spectrum group band is removed on a daily basis: time <hh:mm:ss> delete {<start> <end>} The time delete command can also be used to schedule the time when the spectrum group band is removed on a weekly basis: time {<day> <hh:mm:ss>} delete {<start> <end>} The no time delete command can be used to delete the existing removal time for a band: no time {<day> <hh:mm:ss>} delete {<start> <end>}
Command Syntax
group-name day hh:mm:ss start end The spectrum group name. The three letter abbreviation for day of the week. The time during the day when the band is removed. The start upstream frequency from 5000000 to 42000000 Hertz. The end upstream frequency from 5000000 to 42000000 Hertz.
Command Mode Cable Spectrum Group
13-166
14
QoS Commands
QoS Commands
Introduction
Quality of Service (QoS) addresses consistent, predictable delivery of data to satisfy customer application requirements during periods of congestion. QoS commands let you define a level of system performance consistent with negotiated service level agreements (SLAs).
14-1
QoS Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the QoS commands supported by the BSR.
14-2
QoS Commands
qos-list queue
The qos-list queue command defines a QoS list queue. The no qos-list command without arguments delete the entire set of defined qos-lists and related queues. The no qos-list command with arguments deletes the specified QoS list and specified queue.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage qos-list <1-100> queue <0-3> {<0-255> | icmp | igmp | ip | ipinip | ospf } {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>} {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>}
qos-list <1-100> queue <0-3> {<0-255> | tcp | udp } {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>} {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D> [ port_in <0-65535> | <WORD>] [ port_out <0-65535> <WORD>]} no qos-list <1-100> [[queue <0-3> [<0-255> | icmp | igmp | ip | ipinip | ospf ]] [<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>] [A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>] no qos-list <1-100> [[ queue <0-3> [<0-255> | tcp | udp ]] [<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>] [[<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D> [ port_in <0-65535> | <WORD>] [ port_out <0-65535> <WORD>]]
Command Syntax
1-100 0-3 0-255 QoS list number queue number IP protocol-number
icmp | igmp | ip | ipinip protocol name | ospf | tcp | udp
14-3
A.B.C.D A.B.C.D any host A.B.C.D port_in 0-65535 port_in WORD port_out 0-65535 port_out WORD
source or destination address network mask of source or destination address any host specific host address number of port (range from 0 through 65535) name of port (up to 32 characters) number of port (range from 0 through 65535) name of port (up to 32 characters)
14-4
QoS Commands
ip qos-group
The ip qos-group command defines a QoS group for a specified interface. The no qos-group command deletes the specified QoS group from a specified interface.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip qos-group <1-100> no ip qos-group <1-100> Command Syntax
1-100 The IP QoS group number
Command Default No access groups defined
14-5
qos bw default
The qos bw default command sets all the queues in an interface to a specific default bandwidth bandwidth.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage qos bw defaul Command Default currently default bandwidth is 25%
14-6
QoS Commands
qos queue bw
The qos queue bw command sets the percentage of bandwidth for the specified queue of an interface. Use the qos queue bw command to manage traffic such that higher bandwidth is appropriated to the high priority traffic. The remaining percentage bandwidth is shared among the other queues, which have not been set by this command. If all of the queues have been set and if the total of all bandwidth allocated doesnt match to 100%, then an error is displayed.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage qos queue <0-3> bw <0-100> no qos queue <0-3> bw <0-100> Command Syntax
0-3 0-100 the queue number belonging to a physical interface the percentage of total bandwidth allocated to the queue
14-7
show qos queue config

The show qos queue config command displays queue configuration status.
Group Access
All

show qos queue config [ethernet <X/Y> | pos <X/Y>]
Command Syntax
ethernet pos X/Y
Ethernet interface POS interface BSR 64000 slot and port number
14-8
QoS Commands
show qos-lists
The show qos-lists commands displays a list of the currently configured QoS lists.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage show qos-lists
14-9
15
POS Commands
POS Commands
Introduction
The Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) standard provides for data transmission over fiber optic cable and high-bandwidth utilization and efficiency over Internet links. The SONET standard defines industry interface standards at the physical layer of the OSI seven-layer model. This standard defines a hierarchy of interface rates that allow data streams at different rates to be multiplexed. SONET establishes Optical Carrier (OC) levels from 51.8 Mbps to 2.48 Gbps. Prior rate standards used by different countries specified rates that were not compatible for multiplexing. Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH), the international equivalent of SONET, defines a standard rate of transmission at 155.52 Mbps. With the implementation of SONET/SDH, communication carriers throughout the world can interconnect existing digital carrier and fiber optic systems.
15-1
POS Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the POS commands supported by the BSR.
15-2
POS Commands
crc
The crc command sets the mode of the cyclic redundancy check (CRC). Use the crc command supports four checksum formats. The checksum formats are: 16 bits, 16 bits big-endian, 32 bits, and 32 bits big-endian. The checksum format must be synchronized on both ends of a PPP link for the link to come up.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage crc {16 | 32} [big-endian] Command Syntax
16 32 big-endian 16 bits 32 bits use big-endian byte ordering
Command Default 16
15-3
interface pos
The interface pos command acceses interface configuration mode for a POS interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage interface pos <X/Y>
Command Syntax
X Y POS module slot in the BSR chassis POS port number on the POS module
15-4
POS Commands
ip address
The ip address command assigns an IP address and subnet mask for the POS interface.
Note: An IP address is necessary for the PPP link to be established.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip address {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>} [secondary] no ip address {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>} [secondary] Command Syntax
A.B.C.D A.B.C.D secondary IP address to assign subnet address to assign secondary ip-address; secondary subnet-mask
15-5
network-clock-select
The network-clock-select command configures network timing parameters. The no network-clock-select command disables network timing parameters.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage network-clock-select {1 | 2 } bits {e1 {pcm31-crc | pcm31-hdb3 | pcm31-nocrc}} {a | b}}} {t1 {esf-b8zs | sf-d4 | slc96 | t1dm }} {a | b}}} pos <X/Y>
no network-clock-select {1 | 2 } bits {e1 {pcm31-crc | pcm31-hdb3 | pcm31-nocrc}} {a | b}}} {t1 {esf-b8zs | sf-d4 | slc96 | t1dm }} {a | b}}} pos <X/Y>
1 2 bits e1 pcm31-crc pcm31-hdb3 pcm31-nocrc a b t1
primary priority secondary priority E1/T1 BITS clock configure interface as E1 PCM-31 framing with AMI line coding, CRC Multiframe PCM-31 framing with HDB3 line coding, CRC Multiframe PCM-31 framing with AMI line coding, No CRC Multiframe select port A select port B configure interface as T1
15-6
POS Commands
esf-b8zs sf-d4 slc96 t1dm pos <X/Y>
ESF framing with B8ZS line coding SF-D4 framing with AMI line coding SLC96 framing with AMI line coding T1DM framing with AMI line coding BSR 64000 POS interface slot and port
15-7
network-clock-select revertive
The network-clock-select revertive command enables revertive mode. The no network-clock-select revertive command disables revertive mode. Revertive mode enables the automatic switch-over to the highest priority clock source available if the current clock goes offline Note: In order for revertive mode to work properly, you must configure both the primary and secondary clock sources. If there are no clock sources configured, the Stratum 3 module on the SRM will remain in free-running mode.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage network-clock-select revertive no network-clock-select revertive
15-8
POS Commands
pos ais-shut
The pos ais-shut command sends the LAIS when the POS interface is placed in administrative shut down state. The no pos ais-shut command disables the sending of LAIS. Use the pos ais-shut command to send the LAIS.
Note: In Automatic Protection Switching (APS) environment, AIS-L can be used to force a protection switch.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage pos ais-shut no pos ais-shut Command Default no LAIS is sent
15-9
pos flag
The pos flag command sets SONET overhead bytes in the SONET frame. The no pos flag command removes the setting, and sets it back to the default. This command can be used to assign values for specific elements of the frame header. Use the pos flag command to ensure communications other vendor equipment or to meet specific standards.
Note: Although the j1 64byte <string> command is labeled as a 64 byte string, the user can only enter 62 characters because the last two characters are reserved for framing.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage pos flag {c2 <hexnum> | c2-exp <hexnum> | j0 <hexnum> | j0 16byte <string> | j1 <hexnum> | j1 16byte <string> | j1 64byte <string> | s1 <hexnum>}
no pos flag {c2 <hexnum> | c2-exp <hexnum> | j0 <hexnum> | j0 16byte <string> | j1 <hexnum> | j1 16byte <string> | j1 64byte <string> | s1 <hexnum>}
15-10
POS Commands
Command Syntax
c2 hexnum
path signal identifier used to identify the payload content type, value is 0xCF for PPP or HDLC without scrambling; 0x16 for PPP or HDLC with scrambling
c2-exp hexnum j0 hexnum j0 16 byte string the section trace byte, value is 0x1 for interoperability with some SDH devices in Japan the section trace byte sequence, a character string of 15 characters may be entered for interface labeling. (The first byte contains a calculated CRC-7 byte. the path trace byte, default value of 0x0. the path trace byte sequence, a character string of 15 characters may be entered for STS Channel labeling. The last two bytes are set to CR and LF for framing purposes the path trace byte sequence, a character string of 62 characters may be entered for STS Channel labeling. The last two bytes are set to CR and LF for framing purposes. for synchronous status messaging.
j1 hexnum j1 16 byte string
j1 64 byte string
s1 hexnum
Command Default for c2, 0xCF for j0, -xCC for s1 0x0
15-11
pos framing
The pos framing command sets framing to SONET STS-3C or 12C, or SDH STM-1 or STM-4 framing. This is based upon the pos signal mode command. The no pos framing command resets the default.
Note: If in OC3-C mode, STS-3C or STM-1 applies; if OC12-C then STS-12C or STM-4 applies.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage pos framing {sdh | sonet} no pos framing {sdh | sonet} Command Default SONET
15-12
POS Commands
pos internal-clock
The pos internal-clock command sets the SONET clock to use a local timing source, either from the STRATUM 3 clock on the SRM or the Local PLL device on the HSIM board. The no pos internal-clock command enables loop timing, so that the SONET interface recovers its clock from the received SONET signal of another piece of Line Terminating SONET equipment.
Note: STRATUM represents clock types used for network synchronization.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage pos internal-clock no pos internal-clock Command Default internal
15-13
pos report
The pos report command enables selected SONET alarms for console logging for a POS interface. The no pos report command disables selected SONET alarms for console logging for a POS interfaces.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage pos report {all | b1-tca | b2-tca | b3-tca | lais | lrdi | pais | plop | prdi | rdool | sd-ber | sf-ber | slof | slos}
no pos report {all | b1-tca | b2-tca | b3-tca | lais | lrdi | pais | plop | prdi | rdool | sd-ber | sf-ber | slof | slos}
Command Syntax
all b1-tca b2-tca b3-tca lais lrdi pais plop prdi rdool
enables/disables all possible alarm reporting B1 Bit Error Rate (BER) threshold crossing alarm errors B2 BER threshold crossing alarm errors B3 BER threshold crossing alarm errors line alarm indication signal line remote defect indication path alarm indication signal path loss of pointer errors path remote defect indication receive data out of lock errors
15-14
POS Commands
sd-ber sf-ber slof slos
signal degradation BER errors (for APS) signal failure BER errors (for APS) section loss of frame errors section loss of signal errors
Command Default all error reporting disabled
15-15
pos scramble
The pos scramble command enables POS Synchronous Payload Envelope (SPE) scrambling. The no pos scramble command disables POS SPE scrambling.
Note: The show interface pos command or the more nvram:startup-config command displays scrambling status on the system.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage pos scramble no pos scramble Command Default enabled
15-16
POS Commands
pos signal mode

The pos signal mode command changes ports on the High Speed I/O Module (HSIM) board to OC3-C or OC12-C Use the pos signal mode command to change the ports on the HSIM board to either OC3-C or OC12-C. If you select a mode that is already configured, it notifies the user and does not reset the mode.. Note: To change to OC12-C mode, this command must be executed from POS Interface 0. When switched to OC12-C mode, all of the other three SONET ports are disabled and are inaccessible through the CLI. The only way to access these other three ports is to switch back to OC3-C mode.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage pos signal mode {oc3 | oc12} Command Syntax oc3
oc12
OC3-C mode, 155M OC12-C mode, 622M
15-17
pos threshold
The pos threshold command sets the Bit Error Rate (BER) threshold values of specific alarms on the POS interface. The no pos threshold command sets the rate to the default setting.
Note: For B1-TCA, the bit interleaved parity error report is calculated by comparing the BIP-8 code with the BIP-8 code extracted from the B1 byte of the following frame for B1. Differences indicate that section level bit errors have occurred. For B2-TCA, the bit interleaved parity error report is calculated by comparing the BIP-8/24 code with the BIP-8 code extracted from the B2 byte of the following frame for B2. Differences indicate that line level bit errors have occurred. For B3-TCA, the bit interleaved parity error report is calculated by comparing the BIP-8 code with the BIP-8 code extracted from the B3 byte of the following frame for B3. Differences indicate that path level bit errors have occurred. SF-BER and SD-BER are directly related to B2 BIP-8 error counts (as is B2-TCA). SF-BER and SD-BER feed into the APS state machine and can lead to a protection switch if APS is configured. B1-TCA, B2-TCA, and B3-TCA print a log message to the console if reports for them are enabled. To determine the BER thresholds configured on the interface, use the show controllers pos command.
Group Access
ISP
15-18
POS Commands
Command Line Usage pos threshold {b1-tca <3-9> | b2-tca <3-9> | b3-tca <3-9>} no pos threshold {b1-tca | b2-tca | b3-tca} Command Syntax b1-tca
b2-tca b3-tca 3-9
B1 BER threshold crossing alarm B2 BER threshold crossing alarm B3 BER threshold crossing alarm 1E-3 to 1E-9 Rate
Command Default b2-tca pos threshold 3 (10e-3) all others default at 6
15-19
ppp magic-number
The ppp magic-number command sends a magic number in a negotiation request. The no ppp msgic-number command disables sending a magic number in a negotiation request.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ppp magic-number no ppp magic-number
15-20
POS Commands
ppp mtu
The ppp mtu command sets the PPP maximum transmission unit (MTU) size of the interface. The no ppp mtu command restores the PPP MTU size for the interface back to the default. Note: The effectiveness of the ppp mtu command is limited by, and depends on, the physical SONET layer MTU and the negotiation parameter on the other end of the PPP link. The ppp mtu command also dictates the local MRU that is to be used for PPP negotiation.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ppp mtu <68-4000> no ppp mtu Command Syntax
68-4000 MTU size in bytes
Command Default 1500
15-21
ppp negotiation-count
The ppp negotiation-count command sets the number of times to send the negotiation request to the peer in order to bring a PPP link up. The no ppp negotiation-count command reverts to the default of continuous sending requests to bring the PPP link up.
Note: Defaults to continuous sending of negotiation requests to bring up PPP link.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ppp negotiation-count <1-100> no ppp negotiation-count Command Syntax
1-100 number of allowed attempts to try negotiating with a peer
Command Default continuous
15-22
POS Commands
ppp timeout
The ppp timeout command sets the maximum timeout period from the start of a PPP negotiation request to a response from the remote host. The no ppp timeout command restores the default maximum timeout period. Use the ppp timeout command to set the timeout period for PPP negotiation.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ppp timeout {ncp 1-2147483> | retry 0-2147483>} no ppp timeout {ncp | retry} Command Syntax
ncp 1-2147483 amount of time, in seconds, configured before timing out from lack of response at the NCP layer amount of time, in seconds, configured before timing out from lack of response at the LCP layer
retry 0-2147483
15-23
show controllers pos

The show controllers pos command displays high level information on the POS controllers. Use the show controllers pos command for troubleshooting. The following POS controller information is provided: SECTION: section portion of the SONET link errors; a section can be between the Customer Premise Equipment (CPE) and SONET Service Provider Equipment (SPE) B1_ERRORS = B1 BER threshold crossing alarm LINE: line portion errors; a line can be between a SONET SPE, regenerators and another SONET SPE B2_ERRORS = B2 BER threshold crossing alarm REI_ERRORS = Remote Error Indicator PATH: errors that occur on the path portion of the SONET link; a path can be between a CPE, SONET SPE, regenerators and another SONET SPE and CPE B3_ERRORS = B3 BER threshold crossing alarm GI_ERRORS = G1 threshold crossing alarm Active Defects: Active Alarms: Alarm reporting enabled for: APS: PATH SIGNAL LABEL: list of all active SONET defects list of current alarms as enforce by SONET alarm hierarchy alarms enabled through the pos report command Rx(K1/K2)/Tx(K1/K2) = contents of the received and transmitted K1 and K2 bytes. C2 = received value from the SONET path signal label byte
15-24
POS Commands
SYNCHRONOUS STATUS MESSAGE: CLOCK RECOVERY: PATH TRACE BUFFER: APS BER thresholds: TCA thresholds:
S1 = lower 4 bits of S1 byte.
SONET clock recovered using information in the SONET overhead. RDOOL = an inexact count of the number of
times Receive Data Out Of Lock has been detected.

SONET path trace buffer for communication information about remote hostname, interface name and number, and IP address, or any other message you choose list of the APS bit-error rate (BER) thresholds configured with the pos threshold command list of threshold crossing alarms (TCA) configured with the pos threshold command
Group Access
All
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage show controllers pos [<X/Y>] Command Syntax
X/Y BSR 64000 slot and port number
15-25
show interfaces pos

The show interfaces pos command displays the SONET interface configuration. The following information is provided: POS 15/0 is indicates whether the interface hardware is currently active and administratively can transmit and receive or if it has been taken down by an up/down, line administrator protocol is up/down Hardware MTU BW Encapsulation Keepalive Scramble LCP Initial IPCP Initial Last input hardware type maximum transmission units of the interface interface bandwidth in kilobits per second encapsulation method assigned to interface keepalive set indicator POS scramble enable LCP initialized IPCP initialized hours, minutes, and seconds since the last packet was successfully received by an interface.; useful for knowing when a dead interface failed hours, minutes, and seconds since the last packet was successfully transmitted by an interface of show interface counters hours, minutes, and seconds when the interface was reset first-in, first-out queuing strategy (other queueing strategies you might see are priority-list, custom-list, and weighted fair) number of packets in output and input queues. Each number is followed by a slash, the maximum size of the queue, and the number of packets dropped because a queue was full error-free packets received by the system
Last output Last clearing Last state change Queueing strategy Output queue, drops/input queue, drops packets input
15-26
POS Commands
bytes (input) broadcasts multicasts input errors
number of bytes, including data and MAC encapsulation, in the error-free packets received by the system number of broadcast packets received by the interface number of multicast packets received by the interface number of no buffer, runts, giants, CRCs, frame, overrun, ignored, and abort counts; other input-related errors can also increment the count, so that this sum might not balance with the other counts cyclic redundancy checksum generated by the originating LAN station or far-end device does not match the checksum calculated from the data received. On a LAN, this usually indicates noise or transmission problems on the LAN interface or the LAN bus itself. A high number of CRCs is usually the result of collisions or a station transmitting bad data. On a serial link, CRCs usually indicate noise, gain hits or other transmission problems on the data link number of times the serial receiver hardware was unable to hand received data to a hardware buffer because the input rate exceeded the receivers ability to handle the data packets that are discarded because they are smaller than the mediums minimum packet size packets that are discarded because they exceed the mediums maximum packet size illegal sequence of one bits on the interface total number of messages transmitted by the system total number of bytes, including data and MAC encapsulation, transmitted by the system sum of all errors that prevented the final transmission of datagrams out of the interface being examined. Note that this might not balance with the sum of the enumerated output errors, as some datagrams can have more than one error, and others can have errors that do not fall into any of the specifically tabulated categories.
CRC
overruns
runts giants aborts packets output bytes (output) output errors
15-27
collisions underruns carrier transitions
collision indication Number of times that the far-end transmitter has been running faster than the near-end routers receiver can handle Number of times the carrier detect signal of the interface has changed state.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage show interfaces pos [<X/Y>] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] <WORD> Command Syntax
X/Y | begin exclude include WORD
BSR 64000 slot and port number turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
15-28
POS Commands
show network-clocks
The show network-clocks command displays the network clock configuration.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All, except User EXEC mode Command Line Usage
show network-clocks
15-29
show ppp info

The show ppp info command displays PPP link and statistic information.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage show ppp info [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] <WORD> Command Syntax
15-30
16
BGP Commands
BGP Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the Border Gateway Protocol version 4 (BGP-4) commands used with the BSR 64000. BGP is an Inter-Autonomous System (AS) routing protocol that exchanges network availability information with any other router speaking BGP. The information for a network is the complete list of ASs that traffic must transport to reach that network and is then used to assure loop-free paths. This information is used to construct a graph of AS connectivity from which routing loops may be pruned, and some policy decisions at the AS level may be enforced.
16-1
BGP Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the BGP commands supported by the BSR.
16-2
BGP Commands
aggregate-address
The aggregate-address command creates an entry in the BGP routing table. The no aggregate-address command disables this function. Use the aggregate-address command to implement aggregate routing by redistributing the route in BGP.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage aggregate-address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [advertise-map <WORD>] [as-set] [attribute-map <WORD>] [summary-only] [suppress-map <WORD>]
no aggregate-address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [advertise-map <WORD>] [as-set] [attribute-map <WORD>] [summary-only] [suppress-map <WORD>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D A.B.C.D advertise-map WORD aggregate address in routing table aggregate mask in routing table name of route map to choose the routes to include into the aggregate and generate associated attributes if as-set is specified route map name to establish aggregate route attribute generates AS set path information
attribute-map WORD as-set
16-3
summary-only
creates aggregate route and suppresses advertisements of all aggregated, more specific routes suppresses chosen, specific routes
suppress-map WORD
16-4
BGP Commands
auto-summary
The auto-summary command returns the user back to the automatic summarization default of subnet routes into network-level routes. The no auto-summary command disables this function. When the route is summed up, it reduces the amount of routing information in the routing tables. Use the network command or the no auto-summary command to advertise and transmit subnet routes in BGP. BGP will not accept subnets distributed from IGP. If a network command is not entered, and auto-summarization is disabled, network routes will not be advertised for networks with subnet routes unless they contain a summary route.
Group Access
ISP

auto-summary no auto-summary
16-5
bgp always-compare-med
The bgp always-compare-med command enables comparison of the Multi-exit Discriminator (MED) from path entries from different ASs. The no bgp always-compare-med command stops comparisons. Use the bgp always-compare MED command to change the default, allowing comparison of MEDs, which are received from any autonomous system. By default, during the best-path selection process, MED comparison is done only among paths from the same autonomous system. This command changes the default behavior by allowing comparison of MEDs among paths regardless of the autonomous system from which the paths are received. The MED path, considered the best path, is the parameter used when selecting the paths compared to many other options. The preference between a path with a lower MED and a path with a higher MED, is the lower MED path.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage bgp always-compare-med no bgp always-compare-med
16-6
BGP Commands
bgp client-to-client reflection

The bgp client-to-client reflection command re-establishes route reflection from a BGP router reflector client to other clients. The no bgp client-to-client reflection command stops the re-establishment of route reflection from a BGP router reflector. Use the bgp client-to-client-reflection command to configure the cluster if it has more than one route and to increase redundancy. The routes from a client, or route reflector, are reflected to other clients. Clients of a route reflector are not required to be fully interconnected. More often than not, a cluster of clients will have a single route reflector. The router ID of the route reflector identifies the cluster. To ensure increased redundancy, and evade a single point of failure, a cluster might have more than one route reflector. If this is the case, all route reflectors that are in the must be configured with a 4-byte cluster ID. Use the no bgp client-to-client command to disable BGP client-to-client reflection. If client-to-client reflection is enabled, clients of a route reflector can not be members of a peer group
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage bgp client-to-client reflection no bgp client-to-client reflection Command Default When a route reflector is configured, it reflects routes from a client to other clients.
16-7
bgp cluster-id
The bgp cluster-id command configures a cluster ID if the BGP cluster has more than one route reflector. The no bgp cluster-id command removes the cluster. Use the bgp cluster-id command to increase redundancy and avoid a single point of failure. Route reflectors in a cluster must be configured with a 4-byte cluster ID in order to be recognized from route reflectors in the same cluster. Use this command to configure the cluster ID if the route reflector has more than one route.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage bgp cluster-id <value> no bgp cluster-id <value> Command Syntax
value router (as a route reflector) ID in IP address format
Command Default router ID route reflector in cluster
16-8
BGP Commands
bgp confederation as-confed-sequence

The bgp confederation as-confed-sequence command enables the AS confederation sequence segment type. The no bgp confederation as-confed-sequence command disables the AS confederation sequence segment types. Use the bgp confederation as-confed-sequence command to enable use of AS confederation sequence as path segment type instead of AS confederation set in the AS path attribute.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage bgp confederation as-confed-sequence no bgp confederation as-confed-sequence Command Default Path segment type AS_CONFED_SET
16-9
bgp confederation identifier

The bgp confederation identifier command configures a BGP confederation identifier. The no bgp confederation identifier command removes a BGP confederation identifier.
Use the bgp confederation identifier command to reduce the IBGP mesh which splits an autonomous system into many autonomous systems. They are then grouped into an individual confederation. Each autonomous system is entirely engaged and has a small number of connections to other autonomous systems in the identical confederation. The confederation appears to be an individual autonomous system to all else.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage bgp confederation identifier <1-65535> no bgp confederation identifier <1-65535> Command Syntax
1-65535 autonomous system number to identify confederation as a whole
16-10
BGP Commands
bgp confederation peers

The bgp confederation peers command configures the ASs that belong to the confederation. The no bgp confederation peer command removes an AS from the confederation. Use the bgp confederation peers command to configure the ASs that belong to a confederation. Autonomous systems specified in this command are visible internally to a confederation. Each autonomous system is fully meshed within itself. The BGP confederation identifier command specifies the confederation to which the autonomous systems belong.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router configuration Command Line Usage bgp confederation peers <1-65535> no bgp confederation peers <1-65535> Command Syntax
1-65535 autonomous system number
16-11
bgp dampening
The bgp dampening command enables BGP route dampening. The no bgp dampening command to sets the default values or disables this function. Note: The penalty is halved after the half-life period when a route is flapping. The router configured for damping (dampening) assigns a penalty to a route when a route flaps. Penalties are cumulative and are stored in the BGP routing table. A flapping route is suppressed when its penalty exceeds the suppress limit. A suppressed route is reused when its decayed penalty falls below the reuse limit.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage bgp dampening [<1-45> <1-20000> <1-20000> <1-255>| route-map <WORD>] no bgp dampening Command Syntax
1-45 half-life period in minutes, each time a route is assigned a penalty, the penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period in 5 second intervals, with penalties being cumulative allows route to be reused if penalty for flapping route falls below reuse value route suppresses when its penalty exceeds this value maximum suppression time in minutes route map name
1-20000 1-20000 1-255 route-map WORD
16-12
BGP Commands
Command Defaults
half life route reuse route suppression maximum suppression time 15 minutes 750 2000 4 times the half-life
16-13
bgp default local-preference

The bgp default local-preference command changes the default local preference value which is sent to all routers in the local ASs. The no bgp default local-preference command configures a default local preference value.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage bgp default local-preference <0-4294967295> no bgp default local-preference <0-4294967295> Command Syntax
0-4294967295 local preference value (higher values receive preference)
16-14
BGP Commands
clear ip bgp
The clear ip bgp command resets a BGP connection using soft reconfiguration.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear ip bgp {* | <A.B.C.D> | <WORD>}[soft [in | out]] Command Syntax
* A.B.C.D WORD soft in resets active BGP sessions IP address of BGP neighbor to clear name of a specific BGP peer group to clear the state reapply any export policies and sends refresh updates without clearing the state inbound soft reconfiguration; reapply any import policies and send refresh updates without clearing the state outbound soft reconfiguration
out
16-15
clear ip bgp dampening

The clear ip bgp dampening command clears route dampening information and unsuppress the suppressed routes.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear ip bgp dampening [<A.B.C.D> | <A.B.C.D>] Command Syntax
A.B.C.D A.B.C.D
IP address of the network about which to clear dampening information network mask applied to the above address
16-16
BGP Commands
clear ip bgp flap-statistics

The clear ip bgp flap-statistics clears BGP flap statistics.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage clear ip bgp flap-statistics [<A.B.C.D> | filter-list <1-199> | regexp <LINE>] Command Syntax
A.B.C.D filter-list 1-199 regexp LINE
network to clear flap statistics
clear flap statistics for all the paths that pass the access list clear flap statistics for all the paths that match the regular expression clear flap statistics for all the paths that match the regular expression.
a regular-expression to match the BGP AS paths
16-17
distance bgp
The distance bgp command sets external, internal, and local administrative distances for routes to function. The no distance bgp command sets the default values. Use the distance bgp command to administer distance based on the preferred routing information source received from a router or group of routers. This enables the system to prioritize protocols dependant upon the distances between 1 to 255, where 0 is the best route, and the most unreliable route is 255. The bgp distance command has an influence on whether the BGP-learned routes are installed in the routing table.
Note: It is recommended that the administrative distance not be changed.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage distance bgp [<1-255> < 1-255> <1-255>] no distance bgp Command Syntax
1-255 1-255 administrative distance for routes external to the AS administrative distance for routes external to the AS - routes with a distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table administrative distance for local route
1-255
16-18
BGP Commands
Command Default
external distance internal distance local distance 20 200 200
16-19
ip as-path access-list
The ip as-path access-list command creates or modifies a BGP related access list and its elements. The no ip as-path access command deletes the corresponding list element. Use the no ip as-path access-list command to modify elements and add to the IP as-path access list of corresponding elements. Use the ip as-path access-list and the neighbor filter-list commands to use as-path filters to filter BGP advertisements.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip as-path access-list <1-199> {permit <LINE> | deny <LINE>} no ip as-path access <1-199> Command Syntax
1-199 permit deny LINE access list number permits access for matching conditions denies access to matching conditions regular expression describing the as-paths to be matched
16-20
BGP Commands
ip community-list
The ip community-list command creates a BGP related access list and its elements.There are two types of community lists: standard and extended. The standard community lists have a list number from 1 to 99. The extended community lists have a list number from 100 to 199. The ip community-list deletes the community lists and all associated elements. The community lists are used in the match community-list command and the set communities set comm-list delete commands. The route maps are used for inbound and outbound filtering. Note: The community lists are related to the respective elements, and are of the standard and extended types: Standard community lists: To create a standard community list and its elements, use the ip community-list command. To delete the list element use the no ip community-list command. If there is no elements left in the list, the list will be removed too. To delete the community list and all its elements use the no ip community-list command. Extended community lists: To create an extended community list and its elements use the ip community-list command. To delete the list element use the no ip community-list command. If there are no elements left in the list, the list will be removed too.
Group Access
ISP
16-21
Command Line Usage ip community-list <1-99> <100-199>{permit | deny} [<1-4294967295> | internet | local-AS | no-export | no-advertise]
no ip community-list <1-99> <100-199> {permit | deny} [<1-4294967295> | internet | local-AS | no-export | no-advertise]
Command Syntax
1-99 100-199 permit deny 1-4294967295 standard access list number, extended access list number allows access for matching prevents access for matching a community number - you can specify a
single number or multiple numbers separated by a space

internet local-AS no-export internet community
do not advertise this route to peers outside of the local autonomous system
routes with this community are sent to
peers in other sub-autonomous systems within a confederation

no-advertise do not advertise this route to any peer
internal or external
16-22
BGP Commands
match as-path
The match as-path command matches a BGP autonomous system path access list match entries or appends new list numbers to the existing match entry. The no match as-path command removes the list numbers from the match entry used in the command. Use the match as-path command to match a BGP autonomous system path to advertise on the route-map. Values can be set using the match as-path command. Use the match as-path command to match at least one BGP autonomous system path to ensure advertisement on the route-map. Use the match as-path command to globally replace values matched and set with the match as-path command and the set weight command to supersede weights established with the neighbor weight and the neighbor filter-list commands. The values set by the match and set commands override global values. For example, the weights assigned with the match as-path and set weight route-map commands override the weights assigned using the neighbor weight and neighbor filter-list commands. The implemented weight is established by the initial autonomous system match.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Route-map Configuration Command Line Usage match as-path [<1-199>] no match as-path [<1-199>] Command Syntax
1-199 as-path list number - you can specify a
single number or multiple numbers separated by a space
16-23
match community
The match community command creates a BGP autonomous system community access list match entry or appends new list numbers to the existing match entry. The no match community command removes the match entry completely. The no match community command removes the list numbers or the exact-match attribute from the match entry use the command Use the match community-list command to ensure that the route is advertised for outbound and inbound route-maps. If a change to some of the information is to match is needed, configure a second route-map with specifics.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Route-map Configuration Command Line Usage match community [<1-99> <100-199>] exact-match] no match community [<1-99> <100-199>] exact-match] Command Syntax
1-99 100-199 exact-match standard community list number extended community list number exact match required; all of the communities and only those communities in the community list must be present
16-24
BGP Commands
neighbor advertisement-interval
The neighbor advertisement-interval command sets the minimum amount of time between sending BGP routing updates. The no neighbor advertisement-interval form of this command to delete an entry. Use the neighbor advertisement-interval command to configure all the members of the peer group with the same attributes.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} advertisement-interval <0-600> no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} advertisement-interval <0-600> Command Syntax
A.B.C.D WORD 0-600 neighbor IP address neighbor peer-group-name amount of time in seconds
Command Default 30 seconds for external peers 05 seconds for internal peers
16-25
neighbor default-originate
The neighbor default-originate command allows a BGP speaker to send the default route 0.0.0.0 to a neighbor for the neighbors default. The no neighbor default-originate command sends no route as a default. The neighbor default-originate command does not require the presence of 0.0.0.0 in the local router, and when used with a route map, the default route 0.0.0.0 is injected only if the route map contains a match ip address clause and there is a route that matches the IP access list exactly. The route map can contain other match clauses also. The user can use standard or extended access lists with the neighbor default-originate command.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} default-originate [route-map <WORD>] no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} default-originate [route-map <WORD>] Command Syntax
A.B.C.D WORD WORD neighbor IP address peer group name route map name
16-26
BGP Commands
neighbor description
The neighbor description command provides a neighbor a description. The no neighbor description clears the provided neighbor description.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} description [LINE] no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} description [LINE] Command Syntax
A.B.C.D WORD LINE neighbor IP address name of a BGP peer group up to 80 characters in length to describe neighbor
16-27
neighbor distribute-list
The neighbor distribute-list command distributes BGP neighbor information based on the access list. The no neighbor distribute-list command deletes an entry. Use the neighbor distribute-list command to filter BGP advertisements. Also, use the ip as-path access-list and the neighbor filter-list commands to use as-path filters to filter BGP advertisements. If a BGP peer group is specified, all members of that group are associated. Specifying the neighbor distribute-list command with an IP address to replace the value already in the peer group.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} distribute-list <1-199> {in | out} no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} distribute-list <1-199> {in | out} Command Syntax
A.B.C.D WORD 1-199 in out neighbor IP address name of a BGP peer group number or name of a standard or extended access list between 1 and 1999 within the group outside the group
16-28
BGP Commands
neighbor ebgp-multihop
The neighbor ebgp-mulithop command accepts route updates from external peers residing on the network that are not directly connected. The no neighbor ebgp-mulithop command blocks route updates. Use the neighbor ebgp-multihop command to modify BGP peer groups for unified configuration by specifying a peer-group-name.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} ebgp-multihop <1-255> no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} ebgp-multihop <1-255> Command Syntax
A.B.C.D WORD 1-255 IP address of external peer, BGP neighbor external BGP group name the maximum hop count - if no value is entered, the default value of 255 is used
16-29
neighbor filter-list
The neighbor filter-list command creates a BGP filter. The no neighbor filter-list command disables this function. Use the neighbor filter-list command to create filters on both inbound and outbound BGP routes. Unlimited weight filters are accepted on a per-neighbor principle, but only one inbound or one outbound filter is accepted, not both. Route selection rules determine the weight of a route. Weight assignment is based on the initial autonomous system path, or as-path. Weights announced override weights assigned by global neighbor commands. This happens when the initial match is made. Therefore, weights assigned using match as-path and set weight commands override weights assigned by the neighbor weight and neighbor filter-list commands. Members of a peer group realize configured specifics when the peer-group-name argument is used with the neighbor filter-list command. If the neighbor filter-list command is used with a specified IP address, then the IP address overrides the value from the peer group. Note: Using the command in the form, no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group} filter-list <access-list-number> weight [<weight>], the optional [<weight>] argument has no effect. Using the command in the form, neighbor {ip-address | peer-group} filter-list [<access-list-number>] {in | out }, the optional [<access-list-number>] argument has no effect.
Group Access
ISP
16-30
BGP Commands
Command Line Usage neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} filter-list <1-199> {in | out | weight <0-65535>}
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} filter-list <1-199> {in | out | weight <0-65535>}
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D WORD 1-199 in out weight 0-65535 neighbor IP address BGP peer group filter list number access list to incoming routes access list to outgoing routes BGP weight metric assigned for competing incoming routes; accepted values are 0 to 65535; the largest weight is preferred
16-31
neighbor maximum-prefix
The neighbor maximum-prefix command controls the number of prefixes accepted from a neighbor. The no neighbor maximum-prefix command stops the controlled number of prefixes accepted from a neighbor. Use the neighbor maximum-prefix command to manage the number of prefixes accepted from a neighbor. Note: A prefix is a classless route or a route with a particular starting point and length, with unlimited prefixes. Therefore, 198.7.97.0/27 and 198.7.97.0/ 20 are not the same prefix (route). If the maximum number of acceptable prefixes configured is exceeded, the router ends peering, which is the default.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} maximum-prefix <1-4294967295> [<1-100 > | warning-only ]
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} maximum-prefix 1-4294967295> [<1-100 > | warning-only ]
16-32
BGP Commands
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D WORD 1-4294967295 1-100 neighbor IP address name of BGP peer-group maximum number of configured prefixes allowed from specific neighbor integer specifying what percentage of the maximum number that the router generates a warning message only generate a warning message when the maximum number is exceeded
warning-only
Command Default disabled threshold default, 75%
16-33
neighbor next-hop-self
The neighbor next-hop-self command disables BGP processing updates. The no neighbor next-hop-self command enables BGP processing updates. Note: Members of a peer group realize configured specifics when the peer-group-name argument is used with the neighbor next-hop-self command. Specifying the command with an IP address will override the value inherited from the peer group. Use the set ip next-hop command for additional control.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} next-hop-self no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} next-hop-self Command Syntax
A.B.C.D WORD neighbor IP address name of neighbor peer-group
16-34
BGP Commands
neighbor password
The neighbor password command enables the Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication on a TCP connection between two BGP peers. The no neighbor password command disables the Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication on a TCP connection between two BGP peers. Use the neighbor password command to authenticate and to verify TCP connections between two BGP peers, of which the same password is configured. This command begins the MD5 generation for outgoing packets and check every segment on a TCP connection for incoming packets.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} password {0 | 7 }<LINE> no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} password {0 | 7} <LINE> Command Syntax
A.B.C.D WORD 0 7 LINE neighbor IP address name of neighbor peer-group specifies an UNENCRYPTED password will follow specifies an ENCRYPTED password will follow the password (1-32 characters)
16-35
neighbor peer-group (assigning members)

The neighbor peer-group (assigning members) command configures a BGP neighbor to be a member a BGP peer group. The no neighbor peer-group (assigning members) command removes the neighbor from the peer group.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor <A.B.C.D> peer-group <WORD> no neighbor <A.B.C.D> peer-group <WORD> Command Syntax
A.B.C.D WORD address of the BGP neighbor the name of the peer-group
Command Notes The neighbor peer-group creates a new member of a peer-group. If there is no such peer, it will be created and assigned to the group. If there is such peer already, and it does not belong to any other group, it will be assigned to the group and inherit its AS number and all its policies. If an existing peer belongs to another group, it must be removed from that group first with no neighbor peer-group command.
The neighbor at the IP address specified completes all of the configuration options of the peer group.
16-36
BGP Commands
neighbor peer-group (creating)

The neighbor peer-group (creating) command creates a BGP peer group. The no neighbor peer-group (creating) command removes the peer group and all of its members.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor <WORD> peer-group no neighbor <WORD> peer-group Command Syntax
WORD peer group name
16-37
neighbor remote-as
The neighbor remote-as command performs many functions as described below. Use the neighbor remote-as number command to assign a BGP router to an autonomous system.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage

neighbor <A.B.C.D> remote-as <1-65535> creates a new BGP peer and assigns an AS number to it. If such peer does not exist already, it assigns a new AS number to existing peer. Such assignment can be done for the existing peer only if it is not a member of any peer-group. no neighbor <A.B.C.D> [remote-as [<1-65535>]] deletes the corresponding peer, regardless if it is peer-group member or not. neighbor <WORD> remote-as <1-65535> assigns a new AS number to existing peer-group. If the peer-group has an AS number already, it will be replaced with the new one. All existing peer-group members will inherit this AS number too. no neighbor <WORD> remote-as [<1-65535>] removes the peer-group and all its members.
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D WORD 1-65535 BGP peer address name of BGP peer group neighbor autonomous system number
16-38
BGP Commands
neighbor remove-private-as
The neighbor remove-private-as command triggers the removal of private AS numbers from outbound updates. Use no neighbor remove-private-as command to stops such removal.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} remove-private-as no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} remove-private-as Command Syntax
A.B.C.D WORD address of the BGP neighbor name of neighbor peer-group
Command Default no removal
16-39
neighbor route-map
The neighbor route-map command applies a route map to incoming or outgoing routes. The no neighbor route-map command clears a route map for incoming and outgoing routes.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} route-map <WORD> {in | out} no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} route-map <WORD> {in | out} Command Syntax
A.B.C.D WORD WORD in out neighbor IP address name of BGP peer group name of route-map apply to incoming routes apply to outgoing routes
16-40
BGP Commands
neighbor route-reflector-client
The neighbor route-reflector-client command configures the router as a BGP route-reflector. The no neighbor route-reflector-client command configures a router back to a BGP route-reflector. Use the neighbor route-reflector-client command to establish a local router to act as the route-reflector with the specified neighbor as a client.
Note: When all clients are disabled, the local router is no longer a route-reflector.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} route-reflector-client no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} route-reflector-client Command Syntax
A.B.C.D WORD neighbor IP address name of BGP peer group
16-41
neighbor send-community
The neighbor send-community command will allow a communities attribute, if any, to be sent in outbound updates to a neighbor. The no neighbor send-community command stops sending communities attribute.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} send-community no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} send-community Command Syntax
16-42
BGP Commands
neighbor shutdown
The neighbor shutdown command disables a neighbor or peer group. The no neighbor shutdown command enables a neighbor or peer group. Use the neighbor shutdown command to end an session for a particular neighbor or peer group. This removes all routing information associated. Use the show ip bgp summary command for a list of neighbors and peer-group connection. Those neighbors with an Idle status and the Administrative entry have been disabled by the neighbor shutdown command.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} shutdown no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} shutdown Command Syntax
16-43
neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound

The neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound command starts the storage of incoming updates without any modification. The no neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound command stops this storage and releases the memory used for them. Use the neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound command to start update story required to enable inbound software configuration with the clear ip bgp soft [in] command. Outbound BGP soft-reconfiguration does not need inbound software configuration. Outbound BGP soft-reconfiguration does not need inbound software configuration.
Note: When the neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound command is issued, the peer will first be disabled and then enabled again. The no form of this command doesnt bring the peer down.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} soft-reconfiguration inbound no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} soft-reconfiguration inbound Command Syntax
A.B.C.D WORD inbound neighbor IP address name of BGP peer group specific inbound update
Command Default no storage

16-44
BGP Commands
neighbor timers
The neighbor timers command sets the timers for a particular BGP peer or peer group. The no neighbor command clears the timers for a particular BGP peer or peer group. Use the neighbor timers command to configure a specific neighbor or peer-group timers values to bypass the timers configured for all BGP neighbors using the timers bgp command. Note: If, during the negotiated holdtime (which is the smallest of configured hold time and the holdtime advertised by the neighbor), no messages arrive, the peer will be brought down. If the negotiated holdtime is 0, then the peer will never be brought down, because it hasnt received any messages. If the value of the keepalive timer is 0, then no keepalive messages will be sent.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} timers {<0-21845>} [<0-65535>] no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} timers Command Syntax A.B.C.D
WORD 0-21845 0-65535
neighbor IP address name of BGP peer group frequency of keepalive messages to peers in seconds amount of time passed when no keepalive message is sent, in seconds
Command Default keepalive, 60 seconds hold time, 180 seconds
16-45
neighbor update-source loopback

The neighbor update-source loopback command allows an internal BGP session to use any loopback interface for the TCP session. The no neighbor update-source loopback command blocks a BGP session from using a loopback interface for the TCP session.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} update-source loopback <1-16> no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} update-source loopback <1-16> Command Syntax
A.B.C.D WORD loopback 1-16 neighbor IP address name of BGP peer group loopback interface loopback interface number
Command Default best local address
16-46
BGP Commands
neighbor weight
The neighbor weight command establishes a weight to a neighbor connection. The no neighbor weight command removes a weight to a neighbor connection.
Note: Initially, all routes learned from this neighbor will have the assigned weight. The route with the highest weight is chosen as the choice route when multiple routes are available on the network.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} weight <0-65535> no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} weight <0-65535> Command Syntax
A.B.C.D WORD 0-65535 neighbor IP address name of BGP peer group weight assignment
Command Default learned routes, 0 routes sourced by local router, 32768
16-47
network
The network command specifies the list of networks for the BGP routing process. The no network command deletes the entry. Use the network command to control what networks are originated. be included in the BGP updates. Network types are learned from connected routes, dynamic routing, and static route sources. Because BGP can handle subnetting and supernetting, the mask is used. The maximum number of network commands is based on the configured nvram or ram.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage network <A.B.C.D> [mask <A.B.C.D>] no network <A.B.C.D> [mask <A.B.C.D>] Command Syntax
A.B.C.D A.B.C.D network that BGP will advertise network or subnetwork mask address
16-48
BGP Commands
router bgp
The router bgp command configures the BGP routing process. Use the no router bgp command clears BGP routing process configuration. Use the router bgp command to establish a distributed routing core that automatically guarantees the loop-free exchange of routing information between ASs.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage router bgp <1-65535> no router bgp <1-65535> Command Syntax
1-65535 number of the autonomous system identifying the router to other BGP routers
16-49
route-map
The route-map command creates or modifies route-maps and their sequences. The no route-map command removes the corresponding sequence from the route-map.If there are no sequences left in the route-map, the route-map will be deleted too. Use the route-map command, and the match and set commands to configure the rules for redistributing routes from one routing protocol to another. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria, which are the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the set actions, the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map. Note: If the optional sequence number [<num:0-65535>] is omitted, the default sequence number 10 is used. If the optional access value [permit | deny] is omitted, the default value permit is used. These two commands create a route-map with the <route-map-name> name, if it does not exist, and the sequence specified by the sequence number and access value, there is no such sequence. Otherwise, the access value of the existing sequence is set to the new access value.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage route-map <WORD> [deny | permit] [<0-65535>] route-map <WORD> [deny | permit] [<0-65535>]
16-50
BGP Commands
Command Syntax
WORD 0-65535 deny permit route-map name route-map sequence number denies access for matching conditions permits access for matching conditions
16-51
set as-path prepend

The set as-path prepend command modifies AS system path attributes for the matched BGP routes. The no set as-path prepend command ends modification of a system path for BGP routes. Use the set as-path prepend command to guide the path information to control the BGP decision process.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Route Map Configuration Command Line Usage set as-path prepend [<1-65535>] no set as-path prepend [<1-65535>] Command Syntax
1-65535 prepend string - you can specify a single
number or multiple numbers separated by a space
16-52
BGP Commands
set comm-list
The set comm-list command deletes communities from the community attribute of an inbound or outbound update. The no set comm-list command deletes the entry. Use the set comm-list command to delete communities from the community attribute of inbound or outbound updates using a route map to filter and determine the communities to be deleted. If the standard list is referred in the set comm-list delete command, only the elements with the single community number or no community number in them will be used. All others will be quietly ignored. Any element specified with the internet keyword is equivalent to element without community number. If the set community comm and set comm-list list-num delete commands are configured in the same sequence of a route-map attribute, the deletion operation (set comm-list list-num delete) is performed before the set operation (set community comm). Note: If the set community comm and set comm-list list-num delete commands are configured in the same sequence of a route-map attribute, the deletion operation (set comm-list list-num delete) is performed before the set operation (set community comm).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Route-map Configuration Command Line Usage set comm-list {<1-99> | <100-199>} delete no set comm-list {<1-99> | <100-199>} delete
16-53
Command Syntax
1-99 100-199 delete standard community list number extended community list number delete inbound or outbound communities from the community attribute
16-54
BGP Commands
set community
The set community command add or replace communities from the community attribute of an inbound or outbound update. Use the no set community command removes the specified communities from the set.
Use the route-map command, and the match and set commands to configure the rules for redistributing routes from one routing protocol to another. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria, which are the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the set actions, the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
Note: The communities could be specified as numbers; the result will be the same; none removes community attribute from the update unless additive is specified for the set entry. In this case it doesnt modify update community attributes. In other words, the no set community command, if the entry had some community numbers in it before removal, and as the result of the removal no numbers are left, then the entry itself is deleted. The command set community none removes all community numbers from set entry, if any, but leaves the value of the additive attribute intact.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Route-map Configuration
16-55
Command Line Usage set community {<1-4294967295> | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export | additive | none}
no set community {<1-4294967295> | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export | additive | none}
Command Syntax
1-4294967295 additive local-AS no-advertise no-export community number add to the existing community
do not advertise this route to any peer

none
no community attribute
16-56
BGP Commands
set local-preference
The set-local preference command establishes a preference value for the AS system path. Use the no set-local preference form of this command to delete the entry. Use the set local-preference command to send the local-preference to all routers in the local autonomous system.
Note: In the no set-local preference command, the optional <num:0-4294967295> argument has no effect.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Route-map Configuration Command Line Usage set local-preference <0-4294967295> no set local-preference <0-4294967295> Command Syntax
0-4294967295 local preference value
16-57
set metric-type
The set metric-type command sets the destination routing protocol. The no set metric-type command returns the default.
Use the set metric-type command, and the match and set commands to configure the rules for redistributing routes from one routing protocol to another. Each set metric-type command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria, which are the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current set metric-type command. The set commands specify the set actions, the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no set metric-type command deletes the route map.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Route-map configuration Command Line Usage set metric-type {internal | external | type-1 | type-2} Command Default
internal external type-1 type-2 internal metric external metric OSPF external type 1 metric OSPF external type 2 metric
16-58
BGP Commands
set origin
The set origin command configures the conditions for redistributing routes from any protocol to any protocol. The no set origin command deletes the BGP origin code. When the set origin command configures redistributing routes from any protocol to any protocol, any match clause is necessary which includes pointing to a permit everything to set tags.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Route-map Configuration Command Line Usage set origin {egp | igp | incomplete} no set origin {egp | igp | incomplete} Command Syntax
egp igp incomplete EGP remote IGP unknown history
16-59
set tag
The set tag command sets the value of the destination routing protocol. The route-map global configuration command and the match and set route-map configuration commands are used together to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the conditions for redistribution for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Route-map Configuration Command Line Usage set tag <0-4294967295> Command Syntax
0-4294967295 tag value
Command Default if not specified, tag is forwarded to the new destination protocol
16-60
BGP Commands
set ip next-hop
The set ip next-hop command establishes a next-hop value for the AS path. The no ip next-hop command to deletes the entry. Use the ip policy route-map interface configuration command, the route-map global configuration command, and the match and set route-map configuration commands, to define the conditions for policy routing packets. The ip policy route-map command identifies a route map by name. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria---the conditions under which policy routing occurs. The set commands specify the set actions---the particular routing actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. If the interface associated with the first next hop specified with the set ip next-hop command is down, the optionally specified IP addresses are tried in turn. The set clauses can be used in conjunction with one another. They are evaluated in the following order:
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Route-map Configuration Command Line Usage set ip next-hop <A.B.C.D> no set ip next-hop Command Syntax
A.B.C.D IP address of the next hop to which packets are output; address of the adjacent router
16-61
set weight
The set-weight command to set the route weight on the network. The first autonomous system match determines the weight to be set. Use the set weight command to set the route weight on the network. The first AS match determines the weight to be set. The route with the highest weight is chosen as the choice route when multiple routes are available on the network. Weights spoken when an as path is matched, override any weight set by the neighbor command. Any match clause is necessary which includes pointing to a permit everything to set tags
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Route-map Configuration Command Line Usage set weight <0-65535> no set weight Command Syntax
0-65535 weight value
16-62
BGP Commands
show ip bgp
The show ip bgp command displays entries in the routing table. Use the show ip bgp command to determine whether the session is active or not.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp [<A.B.C.D>] [<A.B.C.D>] [longer-prefixes] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
A.B.C.D A.B.C.D longer-prefixes | begin exclude include WORD network address in the BGP routing table to display displays all BGP routes matching the network address/network mask pair displays route and more specific routes turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
16-63
show ip bgp cidr-only

The show ip bgp cidr-only command displays routes without natural network masks, or Classless Inter-domain Routing (CIDR) routes.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp cidr-only [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
16-64
BGP Commands
show ip bgp community

The show ip bgp community command display routes that belong to specified BGP communities.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp community [ <1-4294967295> | <LINE> | exact-match <LINE> | extended | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export ] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
1-4294967295 LINE exact-match extended local-AS no-advertise no-export
the community number an ordered list as a regular expression display routes that have an exact match extended access list format
do not advertise this route to any peer

| turns on output modifiers (filters)
16-65
begin exclude include WORD
filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
16-66
BGP Commands
show ip bgp community-list

The show ip bgp community-list command display routes that are permitted by the BGP community list.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp community-list {<1-199>} [exact-match] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
1-199 exact-match | begin exclude include WORD
the community list number display routes that have an exact match turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
16-67
show ip bgp dampened-paths

The show ip bgp dampened-paths command displays BGP dampened routes.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp dampened-paths [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
16-68
BGP Commands
show ip bgp flap-statistics

The show ip bgp flap-statistics command displays BGP flap statistics.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp flap-statistics [<A.B.C.D>] [<A.B.C.D>] [longer-prefixes ] [filter-list <1-199> ] [ regexp <LINE> ] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
A.B.C.D A.B.C.D longer-prefixes filter-list <1-199> regexp <LINE | begin exclude
network address in the BGP routing table to display displays all BGP routes matching the network address/network mask pair displays route and more specific routes
number of an autonomous system path access list

a regular-expression to match the BGP
autonomous system paths

turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string
16-69
include WORD
16-70
BGP Commands
show ip bgp memory

The show ip bgp memory command displays BGP memory usage information.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp memory [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
16-71
show ip bgp neighbors

The show ip bgp neighbors command displays information about TCP and BGP connections to neighbors.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp neighbors [A.B.C.D] [received-routes | routes] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
A.B.C.D received-routes routes | begin exclude include WORD the IP address of a neighbor; if not specified, all neighbors are displayed displays all received routes (both accepted and filtered) from a specific neighbor displays all routes that were received and accepted for the specified neighbor turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
16-72
BGP Commands
show ip bgp paths

The show ip bgp paths command displays all BGP paths in the database.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp paths [<LINE>] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
LINE | begin exclude include WORD regular expression to match BGP autonomous systems paths turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
16-73
show ip bgp peer-group

The show ip bgp peer-group command displays information about BGP peer groups.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp peer-group [<WORD>] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
WORD | begin exclude include WORD display information about a specific peer-group; number of peers and groups turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
16-74
BGP Commands
show ip bgp regexp

The show ip bgp regexp command displays routes matching the regular expression.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp regexp {<LINE>} [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
LINE | begin exclude include WORD regular expression to match the BGP autonomous system paths turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
16-75
show ip bgp summary

The show ip bgp summary command displays the status of all BGP connections.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip bgp summary [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
16-76
BGP Commands
show ip as-path-access-list
The show ip as-path-access-list command displays configured AS path access lists and their elements. Use the show ip as-path-access-list command to display configured as-path access lists and their elements. With the optional access list number argument, it displays the specified as-path access list, if such list exists. Without it, it displays all configured as-path access lists.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip as-path-access-list [<1-199>] Command Syntax
1-199 access list number
16-77
show ip community-list
The show ip community-list command displays a configured community access list and the associated elements. Use the show ip community access list command to display configured community access lists and their elements. With the optional access list number argument, it displays the specified community access list, if such list exists. Without it, it displays, all configured community access lists.
Group Access
All
Command Mode All modes except User EXEC Command Line Usage show ip community-list [<1-199>] Command Syntax
1-199 access list number
16-78
17
PIM Commands
PIM Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the Protocol-Independent Multicast (PIM) commands that are supported on the BSR 64000. The BSR supports PIM in sparse mode.
17-1
PIM Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the PIM commands supported by the BSR.
17-2
PIM Commands
ip pim border
Use the ip pim border command to configure a PIM domain boundry on the interface of a border router peering with one or more neighbors outside the PIM domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip pim border no ip pim border
17-3
ip pim bsr-candidate
Use the ip pim bsr-candidate command to configure the BSR to be a candidate bootstrap router.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip pim bsr-candidate <0-32> no ip pim bsr-candidate <0-32> Command Syntax
0-32 specifies the hash mask length from 0 to 32 bits.
Command Default 30 bits
17-4
PIM Commands
ip pim bsr-candidate ip-address

Use the ip pim bsr-candidate ip-address command to use the IP address of a specific interface on the candidate BSR.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip pim bsr-candidate ip-address <A.B.C.D> <0-32> no ip pim bsr-candidate ip-address <A.B.C.D> <0-32> Command Syntax
A.B.C.D 0-32 the interface IP address the hash mask length
Command Default hash mask length: 30 bits
17-5
ip pim dr-priority
Use the ip pim dr-priority command to specifiy a sesignated routers election priority.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip pim dr-priority <1-255> no ip pim dr-priority <1-255> Command Syntax
1-255
designated router priority value
Command Default 1
17-6
PIM Commands
ip pim message-interval
Use the ip pim message-interval command to specify the PIM router join/prune messages interval.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip pim message-interval <1-65535> no ip pim message-interval Command Syntax
1-65535 join/prune interval in seconds
17-7
ip pim query-interval
Use the ip pim query-interval command to specify the PIM router hello interval.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip pim query-interval <0-65535> no ip pim query-interval Command Syntax
0-65535 hello interval in seconds
17-8
PIM Commands
ip pim rp-candidate
Use the ip pim rp-candidate command to configure a single rendezvous pointer (RP) candidate on the PIM domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip pim rp-candidate no ip pim rp-candidate
17-9
ip pim rp-candidate group-list

Use the ip pim rp-candidate group-list command to configure one or more groups that can become rendezvous pointer (RP) candidates on the PIM domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip pim rp-candidate group-list <1-99> no ip pim rp-candidate group-list <1-99> Command Syntax
1-99 the access list reference number for group prefixes
17-10
PIM Commands
ip pim rp-candidate interval

Use the ip pim rp-candidate interval command to change the interval with which a candidate rendezvous pointer (RP) is selected.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip pim rp-candidate interval <1-200> no ip pim rp-candidate interval <1-200> Command Syntax
1-200 the candidate rendezvous pointer interval in seconds
17-11
ip pim rp-candidate ip-address

Use the ip pim rp-candidate ip-address command to use the IP address of a specific interface for the candidate RP (rendezvous pointer) that is associated with the BSR.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip pim rp-candidate ip-address <A.B.C.D> no ip pim rp-candidate ip-address <A.B.C.D> Command Syntax
A.B.C.D the IP address of the candidate rendezvous pointer
17-12
PIM Commands
ip pim rp-candidate priority

Use the ip pim rp-candidate priority command to specify the candidate rendezvous pointer priority for the BSR on the PIM domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip pim rp-candidate priority <0-255> no ip pim rp-candidate priority <0-255> Command Syntax
0-255 the assigned priority of the candidate rendezvous pointer
Command Default 0
17-13
ip pim spt-threshold lasthop

Use the ip pim spt-threshold lasthop command to specify the the multicast traffic threshold that must be reached on the last-hop router before multicast traffic is switched over to the Shortest Path Tree (SPT).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip pim spt-threshold lasthop {<0-4294967294> | infinity } no ip pim spt-threshold lasthop Command Syntax
0-4294967294 the multicast traffic rate in kilobits per second (kbps) infinity indicates that the rendezvous point (RP) is always used
Command Default 1024 kbps
17-14
PIM Commands
ip pim spt-threshold rp
Use the ip pim spt-threshold rp command to specify the multicast traffic threshold that must be reached on the rendezvous pointer (RP) router before the multicast traffic is switched over to the Shortest Path Tree (SPT).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage ip pim spt-threshold rp {<0-4294967294> | infinity } no ip pim spt-threshold rp Command Syntax
0-4294967294 the multicast traffic rate in kilobits per second (kbps) infinity indicates that the RP is always used
Command Default 0
17-15
pim register-checksum
Use the pim register-checksum command to register a packet checksum type.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage pim register-checksum [ new | old ] Command Syntax
new old
use only IP and PIM Control Headers use complete IP packet length
Command Default complete IP packet length
17-16
PIM Commands
pim unicast-route-lookup
The pim unicast-route-lookup command retrieves routes from the BSRs unicast routing table.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage pim unicast-route-lookup no pim unicast-route-lookup
17-17
router pim
Use the router pim command to enter Router Configuration mode from Global Configuration mode and enable PIM routing.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage router pim
17-18
18
IS-IS Commands
IS-IS Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the integrated Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) commands used with the BSR 64000. The Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) is a link state based intra-domain routing protocol used to build a complete and consistent picture of a networks topology by sharing link state information across all network Intermediate System (IS) devices. IS-IS is based on an SPF routing algorithm and shares all the advantages common to other link-state protocols. It also routes both IP packets and pure OSI packets with no extra encapsulation by design. IS-IS supports type of service (TOS) identifiers, IP subnetting, variable subnet masks, external routing, and authentication.
18-1
IS-IS Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the IS-IS commands supported by the BSR.
18-2
IS-IS Commands
area-password
The area-password command is used to configure an IS-IS area authentication password for an area.The area authentication password is inserted in Level 1 (station router level) LSPs, CSNPs, and Partial Sequence Number PDUs (PSNPs).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage area-password <WORD> Command Syntax
WORD The unencrypted text password that is 1-8 characters in length.
18-3
When routes are redistributed to an IS-IS routing domain, the BSR must be configured to force a default route or route map into the IS-IS routing domain. The default-information originate command is used to force a default route into the IS-IS routing domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage default-information originate [route-map <WORD>] Command Syntax
route-map WORD route map name
18-4
IS-IS Commands
distance
An administrative distance is a rating of the trustworthiness of a routing information source, such as an individual router or a group of routers. Numerically, an administrative distance is an integer between 1 and 255. The higher the value, the lower the trust rating. For example, an administrative distance of 255 means the routing information source cannot be trusted and should be ignored. The default administrative distance for IS-IS is 115. The distance command is used to set the administrative distance for the IS-IS router.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage distance <1-255> Command Syntax
1-255
The IS-IS routing administrative distance from 1 to 255.
18-5
domain-password
The routing domain authentication password is inserted in Level 2 (the area router level) LSP, CSNP, and PSNPs. The domain-password command is used to configure authentication password for an IS-IS routing domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage domain-password <WORD> Command Syntax
WORD The unencrypted text password that is 1-8 characters in length.
18-6
IS-IS Commands
ip router isis
The ip router isis command is used to enable IS-IS routing on the interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip router isis no ip router isis
18-7
ip router isis passive

The ip router isis passive command is used to allow the IS-IS interface to receive IS-IS network information, but not send IS-IS network information.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage ip router isis passive
18-8
IS-IS Commands
isis circuit-type
The default IS-IS interface circuit type is for Level 1 and Level 2. The isis circuit-type command is used to select the IS-IS interface circuit type of adjacency desired for neighbors on the BSR interface (IS-IS interface circuit type). ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage isis circuit-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} no isis circuit-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} Command Syntax
level-1
indicates that a Level 1 adjacency may be established if there is at least one area address in common between this system and its neighbors. indicates that a Level 1 and 2 adjacency is established if the neighbor is also configured as level-1-2 and there is at least one area in common. If there is no area in common, a Level 2 adjacency is established. indicates that a Level 2 adjacency is established only if the neighbor is configured exclusively to be a Level 2 router.
level-1-2
level-2-only
18-9
isis csnp-interval
Complete Sequence Number PDUs (CSNPs) hold a complete list of all LSPs in the IS-IS routing database. CSNPs are sent periodically on all links, and the receiving systems use the information in the CSNP to update and synchronize their LSP databases. The designated router multicasts CSNPs on broadcast links in place of sending explicit acknowledgments for each LSP. By default, IS-IS sends CSN packets periodically. If the BSR is the designated router on a LAN, IS-IS sends CSN packets every 10 seconds. If the BSR is on a point-to-point interface, it sends CSN packets every 3600 seconds (once an hour). Depending on your network topology you may want to modify the default interval to protect against LSP flooding. The isis csnp-interval command is used to adjust the IS-IS CSNP interval for intranet connections if the intranet is a part of a multiaccess meshed network on the interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage isis csnp-interval {<1-65535>} {level-1 | level-2} no isis csnp-interval {<1-65535>} {level-1 | level-2} Command Syntax
1-65535 level-1 level-2 The IS-IS CSNP interval in seconds. Indicates that the interface is a Level 1 IS-IS interface. Indicates that the interface is a Level 2 IS-IS interface.
18-10
IS-IS Commands
isis hello-interval
IS-IS hello packets are broadcast to discover the identity of neighboring IS-IS systems and to determine whether the neighbors are Level 1 or Level 2 intermediate systems. The hello-interval multiplier is the amount of time that the IS-IS routing interface can tolerate not receiving hello packets from its neighboring IS-IS interface before declaring the neighbor as being down. The hello interval can be configured independently for Level 1 and Level 2, except on serial point-to-point interfaces. (Because there is only a single type of hello packet sent on serial links, it is independent of Level 1 or Level 2.) Specify an optional level for X.25, and Frame Relay multi-access networks.
Group Access
The isis hello-interval command is used to specify the length of time between hello packets that the BSR sends on either the Level 1 or Level 2 IS-IS router interface.
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage isis hello-interval {<1-65535>} {level-1 | level-2} no isis hello-interval {<1-65535>} {level-1 | level-2} Command Syntax
1-65535 level-1 level-2 the ISIS hello interval in seconds Level 1 IS-IS routing Level 2 IS-IS routing
18-11
isis hello-multiplier
The isis hello-multiplier command is used to specify the number of Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) hello packets a neighbor can miss before the BSR determines the adjacency between the BSR interface and the neighbor is down.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage isis hello-multiplier {<1-65535>} {level-1 | level-2} no isis hello-multiplier {<1-65535>} {level-1 | level-2} Command Syntax
1-65535 level-1 level-2 the number of missing hello packets Level 1 IS-IS routing Level 2 IS-IS routing
18-12
IS-IS Commands
isis metric
You can configure a cost for a specified interface. A cost is an arbitrary routing metric value assigned for crossing or intersecting networks. This metric can be applied to both Level 1 and/or Level 2 routing. The isis metric command is used to configure the metric cost for the specified IS-IS interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage isis metric {<0-63>} {level-1 | level-2} no isis metric {<0-63>} {level-1 | level-2} Command Syntax
0-63 level-1 level-2 the assigned routing metric value for the interface. Level 1 IS-IS routing. Level 2 IS-IS routing.
18-13
isis password
You can assign different passwords for the different IS-IS routing levels. Specifying Level 1 or Level 2 configures the password for only Level 1 or Level 2 routing, respectively. By default, authentication is disabled. The isis password command is used to configure the authentication password for the specified interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage

isis password {<WORD>} {level-1 | level-2} no isis password {<WORD>} {level-1 | level-2}
Command Syntax
WORD level-1 level-2 the unencrypted text password that is 1-8 characters in length. Indicates a Level 1 IS-IS router. Indicates a Level 2 IS-IS router.
18-14
IS-IS Commands
isis priority
A BSR uses hello packets to advertise its priority to become a designated router. IS-IS uses the advertised priorities on all multiaccess networks to elect a designated router for the network. This router is responsible for sending network LSP advertisements, which describe all the routers attached to the network. These advertisements are flooded throughout a single area. The priority value is meaningful only on a multiaccess network. It has no meaning on a point-to-point interface. A routers priority for becoming the designated router is indicated by an arbitrary number. Routers with a higher value are more likely to become the designated router. By default, routers have a priority value of 64. The isis priority command is used to select the designated router priority.
Note: Priorities can be configured for Level 1 and Level 2 individually.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage isis priority {<0-127>} {level-1 | level-2} no isis priority {<0-127>} {level-1 | level-2}
18-15
Command Syntax
0-127 level-1 level-2 a number that assigns a priority value to the designated router. indicates a Level 1 IS-IS router. indicates a Level 2 IS-IS router.
18-16
IS-IS Commands
isis lsp-interval
IS-IS Link-state PDUs (LSPs) hold information about the state of adjacencies to neighboring IS-IS systems. LSPs are flooded periodically throughout an area. The isis lsp-interval command is used to configure the time delay between successive link state packet (LSP) transmissions.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage isis lsp-interval {<1-65535>} no isis lsp-interval {<1-65535>} Command Syntax
1-65535 The time delay between successive LSPs in milliseconds.
18-17
isis retransmit-interval
When LSPs are dropped, LSPs are retransmitted. The isis retransmit-interval command is used to set the number of seconds between retransmission of each LSP for point-to-point links. Note: The number of seconds should be greater than the expected round-trip delay between any two routers on the attached network. Set this parameter conservatively to avoid unnecessary retransmission. Increase the number of seconds for networks that have serial lines and virtual links.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage isis retransmit-interval {<1-65535>} no isis retransmit-interval {<1-65535>} Command Syntax
1-65535 the number of seconds between LSP retransmissions.
18-18
IS-IS Commands
isis retransmit-throttle-interval
The isis retransmit-throttle-interval command to configure the amount of time between any LSP retransmissions on a point-to-point interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Interface Configuration Command Line Usage isis retransmit-throttle-interval {<1-65535>} no isis retransmit-throttle-interval {<1-65535>} Command Syntax
1-65535 the minimum delay in milliseconds between LSP retransmissions on the interface.
18-19
is-type
The is-type command is used to specify that the BSR acts as a Level 1 (intra-area) router, as both a Level 1 router and a Level 2 (inter-area) router, or as a Level-2 router only.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage is-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} Command Syntax
level-1 level-1-2 level-2-only indicates a Level 1 IS-IS router indicates a Level 1 and 2 IS-IS routers indicates a Level 2 IS-IS router
18-20
IS-IS Commands
net
The net command is used to define a Network Entity Title (NET) for the area address and the system ID of an IS-IS router. Most end systems and intermediate systems have one NET. Intermediate systems that participate in multiple areas can have multiple NETs.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage net <title> Command Syntax
title is the IS-IS area ID and system ID for an IS-IS router.
Command Use The following example configures IS-IS for IP routing, with an area ID of 01.0001 and a system ID of 0000.0000.0002.00:
RDN(config-isis)#net 01.0001.0000.0000.0002.00
The following criteria is used to interpret the IS-IS NET address format:
The first portion of the NET address is the area number, which is a variable number from 1 through 13 bytes. The first byte of the area number (01) is the authority and format indicator (AFI). The next bytes are the assigned domain (area) identifier, which can be from 0 through 12 bytes. In the example above, the area identifier is 0001. The next six bytes form the system identifier (SYSID). The SYSID can be any six bytes that are unique throughout the entire domain. The system identifier
18-21
commonly is either the Media Access Control (MAC) address or the IP address expressed in binary-coded decimal (BCD).
The last byte (00) is the n-selector.
18-22
IS-IS Commands
redistribute
You can advertise networks by redistributing routes learned from one routing protocol into another. The redistribute command is used to redistribute a BGP, OSPF, RIP, or static route into the IS-IS routing process.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage redistribute {bgp | connected | ospf | rip | static} no redistribute {bgp | connected | ospf | rip | static} Command Syntax
bgp connected ospf rip static iIndicates a BGP route indicates a connected route indicates an OSPF route indicates a RIP route indicates a static route
18-23
router isis
The router isis command is used to enable IS-IS routing and specify an IS-IS process for IP communication, which places you in router configuration mode.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Global Configuration Command Line Usage router isis [<WORD>] Command Syntax
WORD The name for the routing process. If the tag is not specified, a null tag is assumed.
18-24
IS-IS Commands
set-overload-bit
The LSP overload bit is enabled for the IS-IS routing process to ensure that no paths through the BSR are seen by other routers in the IS-IS area when the Link State routing table on the BSR is incomplete or inaccurate. However, IP and CLNS prefixes directly connected to the BSR continue to be reachable. Use the set-overload-bit command in Router Configuration mode to allow other routers on the network to ignore IS-IS routing problems on the BSR in their SPF calculations until the IS-IS routing process on the BSR has recovered from its problems, as shown below:
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage set-overload-bit no set-overload-bit
18-25
show clns es-neighbors

The show clns es-neighbors [detail] command displays Connectionless Network Service (CLNS) End System neighbor adjacencies that the BSR knows. The show clns es-neighbors command output is as follows: System ID Interface State Type System ID of the IS-IS router. Interface on which the router was discovered. Adjacency state. Up and Init are the states of the ES or IS neighbor. Interface type of the neighboring ES router.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show clns es-neighbors [cable <X/Y> | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | loopback <1-16> | pos <X/Y> ] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
cable X/Y ethernet gigaether loopback 1-16
Cable interface BSR 64000 slot and port number Ethernet interface Gigabit Ethernet interface Loopback interface Loopback interface number
18-26
IS-IS Commands
pos | begin exclude include WORD
POS interface turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
18-27
show clns interface

The show clns interface command displays the CLNS interface status and configuration. The show clns interface command output is as follows: interface The specific interface is described in the output and is described as being up (functional) and the line protocol as being up (functional) or administratively down. Describes whether or not the CLNS protocol is enabled or disabled. The checksums can be enabled or disabled. The maximum transmission unit size for a packet on this interface. Shows when the next ES hello or IS hello packet is sent on this interface. Describes the routing protocol on this interface. Below this field, information for Level 1 and/or Level 2 is displayed. Indicates whether the interface has been configured for local routing (Level 1), area routing, (Level 2), or local and area routing (Level 1 and 2). Indicates the routing metric assigned to the Level 1 or Level 2 router. Indicates the priority of the IS on this interface. Indicates the ISIS circuit ID.
CLNS protocol processing Checksums enabled MTU Next Esh/Ish Routing Protocol Circuit Type
Metric Priority Circuit ID
Number of active Indicates the number of active Level 1 adjacencies. level-1 adjacencies Number of active Indicates the number of active Level 2 adjacencies. level-2 adjacencies
18-28
IS-IS Commands
Group Access
All
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show clns interface [cable <X/Y> | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | loopback <1-16> | pos <X/Y> ] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
cable X/Y ethernet gigaether loopback 1-16 pos | begin exclude include WORD
Cable interface BSR 64000 slot and port number Ethernet interface Gigabit Ethernet interface Loopback interface Loopback interface number POS interface turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
18-29
show clns is-neighbors

The show clns is-neighbors command displays IS-IS related information for IS-IS router adjacencies. The show clns is-neighbors command output is as follows:
Output Field System ID Interface State Init Up Type Priority Circuit ID
Description System ID of the IS-IS router. Interface on which the router was discovered. Adjacency state. Up and Init are the states of the ES or IS neighbor. System is an IS and is waiting for an IS-IS hello message. IS-IS regards the neighbor as not adjacent. Believes the ES or IS is Reachable Displays whether the IS-IS router type is Level 1 or Level 2. Indicates the routing priority. Indicates the ISIS circuit ID.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show clns is-neighbors [cable <X/Y> | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | loopback <1-16> | pos <X/Y> ] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
18-30
IS-IS Commands
Command Syntax
18-31
show clns neighbors

The show clns neighbors command displays both ES and IS neighbors. The show clns neighbors command output is all follows: System ID SNPA Interface State Init Up Holdtime Type Protocol System ID of the IS-IS router. Subnetwork Point of Attachment, which is the data-link layer address. Interface in which the system was learned from. Adjacency state. Up and Init are the states of the ES or IS neighbor. System is an IS and is waiting for an IS-IS hello message. IS-IS regards the neighbor as not adjacent. Regards the ES or IS as reachable. The number of seconds before this adjacency entry times out. The level of the IS-IS router. The protocol through which the adjacency was learned. Valid protocol sources are IS-IS, IGRP, or through a static route.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show clns neighbors [cable <X/Y> | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | loopback <1-16> | pos <X/Y> ] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
18-32
IS-IS Commands
Command Syntax
18-33
show clns protocol

The show clns protocol command displays the protocol-specific information for each IGRP routing process in the router. The show clns protocol command output is as follows:
IS-IS Router System Id IS-Type: Manual area address(es): Routing for area address(es): Interfaces supported by IS-IS: Distance:
Indicates that the IS-IS protocol is enabled on the BSR. Identification value of the system. Indicates the IS-IS routing level (Level 1, Level 2 or both) is enabled on the router. Area addresses that have been configured. List of manually configured and learned area addresses.
List of interfaces on the BSR that support IS-IS.
Configured IS-IS administrative routing distance.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show clns protocol [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
18-34
IS-IS Commands
Command Syntax
18-35
show clns traffic

The show clns traffic command lists the CLNS packets the BSR has processed. The show clns traffic command output is as follows: Corrupted LSPs The number of corrupted LSPs recorded on BSR. L1 LSP Database Overloads L2 LSP Database Overloads The number of times that the Level 1 LSP database has overloaded. The number of times that the Level 2 LSP database has overloaded.
Area Addresses The number of area addresses dropped by the BSR. Dropped Attempts to Exceed Max Sequence Own LSPs Purges System ID Length Mismatches The maximum sequence number is 232 -1 the number of times the BSR reaches that number when the generating new LSPs. The number of LSPs received, which have the same system ID as the BSR has. The number of IS-IS packets received, which have an ID length other than 6.
Maximum Area The number of IS-IS packets received, which have a maximum Mismatches area number other than 3. Level-1 Hellos (sent/rcvd) Level-2 Hellos (sent/rcvd) PTP Hellos (sent/rcvd) Level-1 LSPs (sent/rcvd) Lists the number of Level 1 IS-IS hello packets sent and received. Lists the number of Level 2 IS-IS hello packets sent and received. Lists the number of point-to-point IS-IS hello packets sent and received. Lists the number of Level 1 link-state PDUs sent and received.
18-36
IS-IS Commands
Level-2 LSPs (sent/rcvd) Level-1 CSNP (sent/rcvd) Level-2 CSNP (sent/rcvd)
Lists the number of Level 2 link-state PDUs sent and received. Lists the number of Level 1 CSNPs sent and received. Lists the number of Level 2 CSNPs sent and received.
Level-1 PSNPs Lists the number of Level 1 PSNPs sent and received. (sent/rcvd) Level-2 PSNPs Lists the number of Level 2 PSNPs sent and received. (sent/rcvd) Level-1 SPF Calculations Level-2 SPF Calculations Lists the number of times a Level 1 shortest -path-first (SPF) tree was computed. List the number of times a Level 2 SPF tree was computed.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show clns traffic [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
18-37
Command Syntax
18-38
IS-IS Commands
show isis database

The show isis database command is used to display all or specific IS-IS database information. The show isis database command output fields is as follows: LSPID LSP identifier.
LSP Seq Num Sequence number for the LSP. Allows other systems to determine if they have received the latest information from source. LSP Checksum Checksum of the LSP packet.
LSP Holdtime Number of seconds the LSP remains valid. ATT P OL Attach bit. Indicates that router is a Level 2 router and can reach other areas. P bit. Detects if Intermediate System is capable of area partition repair. Overload bit. Determines if Intermediate System is congested.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show isis database [detail <xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.yy-zz> | l1 | l2 | level-1 | level-2 | <xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.yy-zz>] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
18-39
Command Syntax
detail xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.yy-zz l1 l2 level-1 level-2 | begin exclude include WORD
display detailed link state database information. display the contents of a single LSP by its ID number abbreviation for the option level-1 abbreviation for the option level-2 display the Level 1 IS-IS routing link state database display the Level 2 IS-IS routing link state database turns on output modifiers (filters) filter for output that begins with the specified string filter for output that excludes the specified string filter for output that includes the specified string the specified string
18-40
IS-IS Commands
show isis spf-log

The show isis spf-log command is used to display how often and why the router has run a full SPF calculation for the Level 1 and Level 2 IS-IS router. The show isis spf-log command output fieldsis as follows: When The amount of time since a full SPF calculation took place given in hours:minutes:seconds. The previous 20 calculations are logged. Number of milliseconds to complete this SPF run. The elapsed time is in actual clock time, not CPU time. Number of routers and pseudonodes (LANs) that make up the topology calculated in this SPF run. Number of events that triggered this SPF run. When there is a topology change, often multiple LSPs are received in a short time period. A router waits 5 seconds before running a full SPF run, so it can include all new information. This count denotes the number of events (such as receiving new LSPs) that occurred while the router was waiting its 5 seconds before running full SPF. Whenever a full SPF calculation is triggered by a new LSP, the LSP ID is stored in the router. Refer to the next table for a list of reasons that triggered a full SPF calculation.
Duration Nodes Count
Last trigger LSP Triggers
18-41
The following table describes a list of possible SPF triggers Trigger PERIODIC NEWSYSID NEWAREA NEWLEVEL NEWMETRIC IPBACKUP Reason Typically, every 15 minutes a router runs a periodic full SPF calculation. A new system ID through the NET was configured on this router. A new area (via NET) was configured on this router. A new level (via is-type) was configured on this router. A new metric was configured on an interface of this router. An IP route disappeared, which was not learned via IS-IS, but via another protocol with better administrative distance. IS-IS will run a full SPF to install an IS-IS route for the disappeared IP prefix. A clear ip route command was issued on this router. This router is now attached to the Level 2 backbone or it has just lost contact to the Level 2 backbone. Another administrative distance was configured for the IS-IS process on this router. Set of learned area-addresses in this area changed. This router has created a new adjacency to another router. A clear isis * command was issued on this router. An IP prefix disappeared. The router knows there is another way to reach that prefix, but has not stored that backup route. The only way to find the alternative route is to run a full SPF run. A new router or pseudonode appeared in the topology. Some LSP in the LSDB has expired. ATT/P/OL bits or is-type in an LSP header changed.
IPQUERY ATTACHFLAG ADMINDIST AREASET NEWADJ DBCHANGED BACKUPOVFL
NEWLSP LSPEXPIRED LSPHEADER
18-42
IS-IS Commands
Trigger TLVCODE TLVCONTENT
Reason TLV code mismatch, indicating that different TLVs are included in the newest version of an LSP. TLV contents changed. This normally indicates that an adjacency somewhere in the area has come up or gone down. Look at the "Last trigger LSP" to get an indication of where the instability may have occurred.
Group Access
All
Command Mode Privileged EXEC Command Line Usage show isis spf-log [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>] Command Syntax
18-43
summary-address
A range of IP addresses listed in a routing table can be represented by a summary address. Routes learned from other routing protocols also can be summarized. The metric used to advertise the summary is the smallest metric of all the more specific routes. The summary-address command is used to create a summary address for a range of IP addresses.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode Router Configuration Command Line Usage summary-address {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>}{level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2} Command Syntax
A.B.C.D A.B.C.D level-1 level-1-2 level-2 the summary IP address. the subnetwork mask for the summary IP address. indicates a Level 1 IS-IS router. indicates a Level 1 and 2 IS-IS router. indicates a Level 2 IS-IS router.
18-44
Index
A
access-list, 5-3 access-list (extended), 5-4 Address Resolution Protocol (ARP), 2-3 aggregate-address, 16-3 alias, 1-3 area authentication, 8-3 area default_cost, 8-4 area nssa, 8-5 area range, 8-6 area stub, 8-8 area virtual-link, 8-10 area-password, 18-3 ARP see host authorization, 2-12 arp, 2-3, 2-35 arp (global), 2-4 arp authorize, 2-5, 13-3 arp timeout, 2-5, 13-3 auto-cost reference-bandwidth, 8-12 auto-summary, 7-3, 16-5 auto-virtual link, 8-13 bgp cluster-id, 16-8 bgp confederation as-confed-sequence, 16-9 bgp confederation identifier, 16-10 bgp confederation peers, 16-11 bgp dampening, 16-12 bgp default local-preference, 16-14 boot system, 1-5 boot system nvram, 1-5 boot-update, 1-6 broadcast, 1-6
C
cable bundle, 13-5 cable bundle master, 13-6 cable downstream annex, 13-7 cable downstream carrier-only, 13-9 cable downstream frequency, 13-10 cable downstream interleave-depth, 13-11 cable downstream modulation, 13-13 cable downstream power-level, 13-14 cable downstream reserve-bandwidth, 13-15 cable downstream shutdown, 13-17 cable downstream sync-interval, 13-27 cable downstream unreserve-bandwidth, 13-16 cable flap-list aging, 13-18 cable flap-list insertion-time, 13-19 cable flap-list miss-threshold, 13-20
B
band, 13-4 banner motd, 1-4 bgp always-compare-med, 16-6 bgp client-to-client reflection, 16-7
Index-1
cable flap-list power-adjust threshold, 13-21 cable flap-list size, 13-22 cable helper-address, 2-6, 13-23 cable insertion-interval, 13-24, 13-32 cable modem deny, 13-33 cable modem max-hosts, 13-39 cable modem qos dsa, 13-34 cable modem qos dsc, 13-36 cable modem qos dsc service-flow, 13-37 cable modem qos dsd, 13-38 cable modem-aging-timer, 13-23, 13-40 cable modulation-profile, 13-41 cable privacy auth grace-time, 13-43 cable privacy auth life-time, 13-44 cable privacy cm-auth life-time, 13-45 cable privacy cm-auth reset, 13-46 cable privacy cm-tek grace-time, 13-47 cable privacy cm-tek life-time, 13-48 cable privacy cm-tek reset, 13-49 cable privacy mcast access, 13-50 cable privacy mcast del, 13-51 cable privacy mcast new, 13-52 cable privacy provision-cert-add, 13-53 cable privacy tek life-time, 13-54 cable shared-secret, 13-55 cable spectrum, 13-25 cable sync-interval, 13-56 cable ucd-interval, 13-57 cable upstream channel-width, 13-58, 13-80 cable upstream data-backoff, 13-59 cable upstream force-fragmentation, 13-60 cable upstream frequency, 13-61 cable upstream invited-range-interval, 13-63 cable upstream map-interval, 13-64 cable upstream max-calls, 13-65 cable upstream minislot-size, 13-66 cable upstream modulation-profile, 13-67
cable upstream physical-delay automatic, 13-68 cable upstream power-level, 13-70 cable upstream power-level default, 13-72 cable upstream pre-equalization, 13-74 cable upstream range-backoff, 13-75 cable upstream range-power-override, 13-76 cable upstream rate-limit, 13-77 cable upstream shutdown, 13-79 cable upstream spectrum-group, 13-78 clear arp-cache, 2-7, 2-35 clear cable flap-list, 13-26, 13-81 clear cable modem reset, 13-82 clear counters, 2-8 clear counters cable, 13-83 clear host, 2-9, 2-28 clear ip bgp, 16-15 clear ip bgp dampening, 16-16 clear ip bgp flap-statistics, 16-17 clear ip igmp counters, 9-3 clear ip multicast fwd-cache, 11-9 clear ip multicast proto-cache, 11-10 clear ip route, 2-10 clear ip traffic, 2-11 clear ip vrrp, 10-3 clear log, 1-7 clear logging, 1-34 clock set, 1-8, 1-9 clock timezone, 1-9 collect interval, 13-84 collect resolution, 13-86 collect spectrum-data cable upstream, 13-85 cable downstream interleave-depth, 13-11 configure, 1-10 console authentication radius, 1-11 copy, 1-12, 1-27 copy url, 1-27 crc, 15-3
Index-2
Index
D
debug arp, 4-3 debug cable err, 4-4 debug cable keyman, 4-5 debug cable mac, 4-6 debug cable map, 4-7 debug cable modem-select, 4-8 debug cable privacy, 4-9 debug cable qos, 4-10 debug cable range, 4-11 debug cable reg, 4-12 debug cable ucc, 4-13, 13-88 debug ip bgp, 4-14 debug ip dvmrp, 4-16 debug ip icmp, 4-17 debug ip igmp, 4-18 debug ip mfm, 4-19 debug ip mrtm, 4-20 debug ip ospf, 4-21 debug ip packet, 4-23 debug ip policy, 4-24 debug ip redistribute, 4-27 debug ip rip, 4-29 debug ip rip database, 4-30 debug ip rip events, 4-31 debug ip rip trigger, 4-32 debug ip tcp transaction, 4-33 debug ip udp, 4-34 debug ip vrrp, 4-36 debug ppp fsm, 4-25 debug ppp packet, 4-26, 4-37 debug radius, 4-35 debug snmp, 4-37 debug sntp, 4-38 debug specmgr, 4-39 debug tunnel, 4-40
default-information originate, 7-4, 8-14, 18-4 default-information originate (OSPF), 6-3 default-metric, 6-5, 7-5, 8-16 dhcpLeaseQuery authorization on, 13-87 disable, 1-14 distance, 7-6, 18-5 distance bgp, 16-18 distance ospf, 8-17 distribute-list, 8-19 distribute-list in, 7-7 distribute-list out, 7-8 domain-password, 18-6 download runtime nvram, 1-15, 1-16 download slot, 1-16 duplex auto, 1-18 duplex half, 1-18
E
enable, 1-18 enable authentication radius, 1-19 enable password, 1-20 enable secret, 1-21 exit, 1-22
F
forced-download, 1-23
G
guard-band, 13-88
H
help, 1-24 history, 1-25 hop action band, 13-89 hop action channel-width, 13-90 hop action frequency, 13-91
Index-3
hop action modulation-profile, 13-92 hop action power-level, 13-93 hop action rollback, 13-94 hop period, 13-95 hop threshold flap, 13-96 host authorization dynamic, 2-12 static, 2-12 host authorization cpe, 2-13 host authorization on, 2-12 hostname, 1-26
ip ftp username, 1-28 ip helper-address, 2-26, 2-27 ip host, 2-28 ip igmp access-group, 9-4 ip igmp querier-timeout, 9-7 ip igmp query-interval, 9-5 ip igmp query-max-response-time, 9-6 ip igmp version, 9-9 ip irdp, 2-29 ip mask-reply, 2-31 ip mroute, 11-3 ip mroute distance, 11-4 ip mroute unicast distance, 11-5 ip mtu, 2-32 ip multicast-routing, 11-6 ip name-server, 2-33 ip netmask-format, 1-29 ip ospf authentication-key, 8-20 ip ospf cost, 8-21 ip ospf database-filter all, 8-22 ip ospf dead-interval, 8-23 ip ospf message-digest-key, 8-25 ip ospf priority, 8-26 ip ospf retransmit-interval, 8-27 ip ospf transmit-delay, 8-28 ip pim border, 17-3 ip pim bsr-candidate, 17-4 ip pim bsr-candidate ip-address, 17-5 ip pim dr-priority, 17-6 ip pim message-interval, 17-7 ip pim query-interval, 17-8 ip pim rp-candidate, 17-9 ip pim rp-candidate group-list, 17-10 ip pim rp-candidate interval, 17-11 ip pim rp-candidate ip-address, 17-12 ip pim rp-candidate priority, 17-13 ip pim spt-threshold lasthop, 17-14
I
interface, 2-14 interface ethernet, 1-27, 13-97 interface pos, 15-4 ip access-group, 2-16, 5-10 ip access-list, 5-11 ip address, 2-17 ip as-path access-list, 16-20 ip broadcast-address, 2-19 ip community-list, 16-21 ip dhcp relay information option, 2-20 ip directed-broadcast, 2-22 ip domain-list, 2-23, 2-28 ip domain-lookup, 2-24 ip domain-name, 2-25, 2-28 ip dvmrp accept-filter, 12-3 ip dvmrp default-information originate, 12-4 ip dvmrp metric-offset, 12-5 ip dvmrp output-report-delay, 12-6 ip dvmrp out-report-filter, 12-7 ip dvmrp probe-interval, 12-8 ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners, 12-9 ip dvmrp summary-address, 12-10 ip forward-protocol, 2-26 ip ftp password, 1-27
Index-4
Index
ip pim spt-threshold rp, 17-15 ip policy route-map, 6-6 ip proxy-arp, 2-34, 2-35 ip qos-group, 14-5 ip redirects, 2-36 ip rip authentication key password, 7-9 ip rip receive version, 7-10 ip rip send version, 7-11 ip route, 2-37 ip router isis, 18-7 ip router isis passive, 18-8 ip routing, 2-38 ip split-horizon, 7-12 ip unreachables, 2-36, 2-39 ip vrrp, 10-4 ip vrrp (vrid), 10-5 ip vrrp address, 10-6 ip vrrp authentication key, 10-7 ip vrrp authentication type, 10-8 ip vrrp enable, 10-9 ip vrrp interval, 10-13 ip vrrp preempt, 10-10 ip vrrp primary-ip, 10-12 ip vrrp priority, 10-11 ip vrrp verify-availability, 10-14 ip-address (pos), 15-5 isis circuit-type, 18-9 isis csnp-interval, 18-10 isis hello-interval, 18-11 isis hello-multiplier, 18-12 isis lsp-interval, 18-17 isis metric, 18-13 isis password, 18-14 isis priority, 18-15 isis retransmit-interval, 18-18 isis retransmit-throttle-interval, 18-19 is-type, 18-20
L
ldap client, 1-30 ldap search-base, 1-31, 1-32 ldap server, 1-33 ldap server primary, 1-31 logging, 1-34 logging buffered, 1-35 logging console, 1-37 logging facility, 1-38 logging on, 1-39 logging rate-limit, 1-40 logging reporting, 1-41 logging reporting default, 1-43 logging session, 1-44 logging trap, 1-45 login, 1-46, 1-83 logout, 1-47
M
match as-path, 16-23 match community, 16-24 match ip address, 6-7 match ip next-hop, 6-8 match ip route-source, 6-9 match metric, 6-10 match route-type external, 6-11 match route-type internal, 6-12 more, 1-48 mtrace, 11-11
N
neighbor advertisement-interval, 16-25 neighbor default-originate, 16-26 neighbor description, 16-27 neighbor distribute-list, 16-28 neighbor ebgp-multihop, 16-29
Index-5
neighbor filter-list, 16-30 neighbor maximum-prefix, 16-32 neighbor next-hop-self, 16-34 neighbor password, 16-35 neighbor peer-group (assigning members), 16-36 neighbor peer-group (creating), 16-37 neighbor remote-as, 16-38 neighbor route-map, 16-40 neighbor route-reflector client, 16-41 neighbor send-community, 16-42 neighbor shutdown, 16-43 neighbor soft-reconfiguration, 16-44 neighbor timers, 16-45 neighbor update-source, 16-46 neighbor weight, 16-47 net, 18-21 network, 7-13, 12-11, 16-48 network area, 8-29 network-clock-select revertive, 15-8
pos framing, 15-12 pos internal-clock, 15-13 pos loop, 15-14 pos report, 15-14 pos scramble, 15-16 pos signal mode, 15-17 pos threshold, 15-18 ppp magic-number, 15-20 ppp mtu, 15-21 ppp negotiation-count, 15-22 ppp timeout, 15-23
Q
qos bw default, 14-6 qos queue bandwidth, 14-7 qos-list queue udp, 14-3
R
radius-server, 1-51 redistribute, 7-20, 18-23 reload, 1-53 reset, 1-54 RF output upstream frequency, 13-61 setting, 13-61 rfc1583_compatible, 8-30 route-map, 6-13, 7-18 router bgp, 16-49 router dvmrp, 12-12 router isis, 18-24 router ospf, 8-31 router pim, 17-18 router rip, 7-20
O
offset-list, 7-14 output-delay, 7-16
P
page, 1-49 passive-interface, 7-17 passive-interface ethernet, 2-40 password, 1-50 pim register-checksum, 17-16 pim unicast-route-llokup, 17-17 ping, 2-41 ping docsis, 13-99 ping docsis size, 13-100 pos ais-shut, 15-9 pos flag, 15-10
S
service password-encryption, 1-55 session, 1-56 set as-path prepend, 16-52
Index-6
Index
set comm-list, 16-53 set community, 16-55 set ip next-hop, 16-61 set local-preference, 16-57 set metric, 6-15 set metric-type, 6-16 set origin, 16-59 set weight, 16-62 set-overload-bit, 18-25 setting RF output upstream frequency, 13-61 show, 2-47 show access-lists, 5-12 show aliases, 1-57 show arp authorize, 13-100 show bindings, 13-28 show boot, 1-59 show buffers, 1-68 show cable device address-auth, 13-101 show cable downstream, 13-102 show cable flap-list, 13-29, 13-103 show cable insert-interval, 13-104 show cable modem, 13-98, 13-105 show cable modem cpe, 13-107 show cable modem detail, 13-109 show cable modem hosts, 13-110 show cable modem mac, 13-111 show cable modem maintenance, 13-113 show cable modem offline, 13-115 show cable modem phy, 13-117 show cable modem registered, 13-118 show cable modem stats, 13-121 show cable modem summary, 13-124 show cable modem summary total, 13-126 show cable modem svc-flow-id, 13-128 show cable modem time-registered, 13-129 show cable modem unregistered, 13-132
show cable modulation-profile, 13-135 show cable privacy auth, 13-137, 13-151 show cable privacy cm-auth, 13-138 show cable privacy cmts, 13-139 show cable privacy tek, 13-152 show cable qos svc-flow classifier, 13-140 show cable qos svc-flow dynamic-stat, 13-142 show cable qos svc-flow log, 13-143 show cable qos svc-flow phs, 13-144 show cable qos svc-flow statistics, 13-145 show cable qos svc-flow summary, 13-146 show cable qos svc-flow upstream-stat, 13-147 show cable spectrum-group, 13-148 show cable sync-interval, 13-149 show cable ucd-interval, 13-150 show cable upstream, 13-153 show chassis alias, 1-61 show chassis assetid, 1-63, 1-68 show chassis serial-num, 1-65, 1-68 show chassis status, 1-66, 1-68 show clns es-neighbors, 18-26 show clns interface, 18-28 show clns is-neighbors, 18-30 show clns neighbors, 18-32 show clns protocol, 18-34 show clns traffic, 18-36 show clock, 1-68 show controllers, 2-43 show controllers pos, 15-24 show debugging, 4-41 show history, 1-69 show host authorization, 2-45 show host authorization cpe, 2-46 show host unauthorized, 2-47, 13-155 show host unauthorized cpe, 2-47, 13-155 show hosts, 2-48, 2-64 show interface cable sid, 13-31
Index-7
show interface cable upstream spectrum, 13-162 show interface pos, 15-26 show interfaces, 2-16, 2-49 show interfaces cable, 13-155 show interfaces cable downstream, 13-158 show interfaces cable upstream, 13-160 show ip access-lists, 5-13 show ip arp, 2-50 show ip as-path-access-list, 16-77 show ip bgp, 16-63 show ip bgp cidr-only, 16-64 show ip bgp community, 16-65 show ip bgp community-list, 16-67 show ip bgp dampened-paths, 16-68 show ip bgp flap-statistics, 16-69 show ip bgp memory, 16-71 show ip bgp neighbors, 16-72 show ip bgp paths, 16-73 show ip bgp peer group, 16-74 show ip bgp regexp, 16-75, 16-77 show ip bgp summary, 16-76 show ip community-list, 16-78 show ip dhcp stats, 2-51 show ip dvmrp information, 12-13 show ip dvmrp interface, 12-14 show ip dvmrp neighbor, 12-15 show ip dvmrp network, 12-16 show ip dvmrp route, 12-17 show ip dvmrp route hold-down, 12-18 show ip dvmrp summary-route, 12-19 show ip dvmrp tunnels, 12-20 show ip igmp groups, 9-12 show ip igmp interface, 9-11 show ip igmp statistics, 9-13 show ip interface, 2-52 show ip irdp, 2-53 show ip multicast cache-summary, 11-12
show ip multicast fwd-cache, 11-13 show ip multicast interface, 11-14 show ip multicast no-oi-fwd-cache, 11-16 show ip multicast oi-fwd-cache, 11-15 show ip multicast proto-cache, 11-17 show ip ospf, 8-32 show ip ospf border-routers, 8-33 show ip ospf database, 8-34 show ip ospf interface, 8-36 show ip ospf memory, 8-37 show ip ospf neighbor, 8-38 show ip ospf virtual-links, 8-40 show ip protocols, 2-54 show ip redistribute, 6-17 show ip rip database, 7-21 show ip route, 2-55 show ip rpf, 11-7 show ip traffic, 2-57 show ip vrrp, 10-15 show isis database, 18-39 show isis spf-log, 18-41 show log, 1-70 show memory, 1-71 show network-clocks, 15-29 show ppp info, 15-30 show process, 1-73 show process cpu, 1-74 show process msg-q-info, 1-75 show process semaphores, 1-76 show process stack, 1-77 show qos queue config, 14-8 show qos-lists, 14-9 show route-map, 6-19 show running-config, 1-78 show snmp, 3-3 show snmp access, 3-5 show snmp context, 3-8
Index-8
Index
show snmp engineID, 3-9 show snmp group, 3-10, 3-12 show snmp host, 3-11 show snmp sysname, 3-15 show sntp, 2-58 show srm alias, 1-60 show srm assetid, 1-62 show srm serial-num, 1-64, 1-68 show startup-config, 1-79 show stats cmts, 13-163 show tcp statistics, 2-60 show users, 1-80, 1-83 show version, 1-81 shutdown, 2-63 snmp community, 3-6 snmp-server chassis-id, 3-20 snmp-server community, 3-21 snmp-server contact, 3-22 snmp-server context, 3-23 snmp-server enable coexistence, 3-21 snmp-server enable informs, 3-30 snmp-server enable traps, 3-24, 3-26 snmp-server engineID, 3-26 snmp-server group, 3-27 snmp-server host, 3-28 snmp-server location, 3-31 snmp-server packetsize, 3-32 snmp-server port number, 3-33 snmp-server shutdown, 3-34 snmp-server sysname, 3-35 snmp-server trap rate-limit, 3-36 snmp-server user, 3-37 snmp-server view, 3-39 sntp authenticate, 2-64 sntp authentication-key, 2-65 sntp broadcast client, 2-67 sntp broadcastdelay, 2-66
sntp disable, 2-68 sntp server, 2-69 sntp trusted-key, 2-70 summary-address, 8-41, 18-44
T
tcp brief, 2-59 telnet authentication radius, 1-86 time band, 13-165 time delete, 13-166 timers basic, 7-22 timers spf, 8-42 traceroute, 2-64, 2-71 tunnel checksum, 2-72 tunnel destination, 2-73 tunnel key, 2-74 tunnel mode, 2-75 tunnel source, 2-76
U
undebug all, 4-42 update bootrom slot, 1-82 update chassis, 1-83 username password, 1-83 username privilege, 1-84 username user-group, 1-85
V
version, 7-25
Index-9

Motorola Ubr Commands

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Motorola Ubr Commands

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

501898-001-00 TPD-0035-01 Rev A Published: October, 2002

Notes, Cautions, Warnings Contacting Support

System Administration Commands

console authentication radius

download runtime nvram: download slot enable 1-18 1-20 1-21

enable authentication radius enable password enable secret exit 1-22

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

1-27 1-28 1-29 1-31 1-32

1-35 1-37 1-38 1-40 1-41 1-43 1-44 1-45

logging reporting default

1-61 1-62 1-63 1-64 1-65 1-66

1-75 1-76 1-78

username privilege username user-group

telnet authentication radius

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

clear host clear ip route clear ip traffic

2-9 2-10 2-11 2-12 2-13

2-19 2-20 2-22 2-24 2-25 2-26 2-27

ip mask-reply ip name-server ip proxy-arp ip rarp-server ip redirects ip route ip routing

ip unreachables passive-interface ping 2-41 show controllers

2-40 2-43 2-45 2-46 2-47

2-49 2-50 2-51 2-52 2-53 2-54 2-55 2-57

2-58 2-59 2-60 2-64 2-65 2-66 2-67

2-68 2-69 2-70 2-72 2-73

show snmp community

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

snmp-server enable informs

snmp-server trap rate-limit

debug cable keyman

debug cable modem-select

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

Access List Commands

Routing Policy Commands

7-6 7-7 7-8 7-9 7-10 7-11 7-12

distribute-list in distribute-list out

show ip rip database 7-22

area virtual-link auto-virtual-link default-metric distance ospf distribute-list ip ospf cost

auto-cost reference-bandwidth default-information originate

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

show ip igmp statistics

ip vrrp verify-availability 10-15

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

show ip multicast oi-fwd-cache show ip multicast no-oi-fwd-cache show ip multicast proto-cache

11-15 11-16 11-17

ip dvmrp default-information originate ip dvmrp output-report-delay

cable bundle master cable downstream annex

13-9 13-10 13-11 13-13 13-14 13-15 13-16

cable flap-list power-adjust threshold

cable modem qos dsc service-flow 13-38 13-39 13-40 13-41

cable privacy cm-auth grace-time 13-44

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

13-50 13-51 13-52 13-53 13-54

cable privacy provision-cert-add

cable upstream invited-range-interval

cable upstream modulation-profile

cable upstream power-level default

cable upstream range-power-override cable upstream spectrum-group

show cable device address-auth 13-102 13-103

show cable modem maintenance

show cable modem summary total

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

13-132 13-135 13-138